EPA 600/3 75 OlOh
September 1975
Ecological Research  Series
      INUAL  CATALYST  RESEARCH  PROGRAM REPORT
                                               APPENDICES
                                                 Volume  VII
                                       lealth Effects Research Laboratory
                                        Office of Research and Development
                                       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                    Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711

-------
                       RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, have been grouped into
five series.  These five broad categories were established to
facilitate further development and application of environmental
technology.  Elimination of traditional  grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in
related fields.  The five series are:

           1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
           2.  Environmental Protection  Technology
           3.  Ecological Research
           4.  Environmental Monitoring
           5.  Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

This report has been assigned to the ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH series.
This series describes research on the effects of pollution on
humans, plant and animal species, and materials.  Problems are
assessed for their long- and short-term  influences.  Investigations
include formation, transport, and pathway studies to determine the
fate of pollutants and their effects. This work provides the
technical  basis for setting standards to minimize undesirable
changes in living organisms in the aquatic, terrestrial and
atmospheric environments.
This document is available to the public through the National
Technical  Information Service, Springfield, Virginia  22161.

-------
                                              EPA-600/3-75-010h
                                              September 1975
ANNUAL CATALYST RESEARCH PROGRAM REPORT APPENDICES

                     Volume VII
                        by

        Criteria and Special Studies Office
         Health Effects  Research Laboratory
   Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711
       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
        OFFICE OF RESEARCH AMD DEVELOPMENT
        HEALTH EFFECTS RESEARCH LABORATORY
   RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NORTH CAROLINA  27711

-------
                         CONTENTS
CATALYST RESEARCH PROGRAM ANNUAL REPORT
    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY . .
    INTRODUCTION	
    PROGRAM SUMMARY . . .
    TECHNICAL CONCLUSIONS
                                                             Page
                                                    1
                                                    5
                                                    7
                                                   17
    DISCUSSION	   22
    REFERENCES	   45

APPENDICES TO CATALYST RESEARCH PROGRAM ANNUAL REPORT
VOLUME  1

    A. OFFICE OF AIR AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

       Al. AUTOMOTIVE SULFATE  EMISSIONS  . .
                                                     1

                                                    53
        A2. GASOLINE DE-SULFURIZATION - SUMMARY	
           A2.1    Control of Automotive Sulfate Emissions
                   through Fuel  Modifications	   55
           A2.2    Production of Low-sulfur Gasoline	   90
VOLUME  2
    B.  OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
        Bl.  FUEL SURVEILLANCE
            B1.1    Fuel Surveillance and Analysis	
            B1.2    The EPA National Fuels  Surveillance
                   Network. I.  Trace Constituents  in Gasoline
                   and Commercial Gasoline Fuel Additives  •
        B2.  EMISSIONS CHARACTERIZATION
                                                    19
                                                               44
B2.1    Emissions Characterization Summary  ....
B2.2    Sulfate Emissions from Catalyst- and  Non-
        catalyst-equipped Automobiles	  45
B2.3    Status Report:  Characterize Particulate
        Emissions - Prototype Catalyst Cars  ....  68
B2.4    Status Report:  Characterize Particulate
        Emissions from Production Catalyst Cars .  .  132
B2.5    Status Report:  Survey Gaseous and Particu-
        late Emissions  - California 1975 Model Year
        Vehicles	133
B2.6    Status Report:  Characterization and Meas-
        urement of Regulated,  Sulfate, and Particu-
        late Emissions  from In-use Catalyst Vehicles -
        1975 National Standard	134
B2.7    Gaseous Emissions Associated with Gasoline
        Additives -  Reciprocating Engines.  Progress
        Reports and Draft Final Report - "Effect of
        Gasoline Additives on Gaseous Emissions".  •  135

-------
VOLUME 3
                                                                     Page

            B2.8    Characterization of Gaseous Emissions from
                    Rotary Engines using Additive Fuel  -
                    Progress Reports	220
            B2.9    Status Report:  Exploratory Investigation of
                    the Toxic and Carcinogenic Partial Combus-
                    tion Products from Oxygen- and Sulfur-
                    containing Additives	232
            B2.10   Status Report:  Exploratory Investigation of
                    the Toxic and Carcinogenic Partial Combus-
                    tion Products from Various Nitrogen-
                    containing Additives	233
            B2.11   Status Report:  Characterize Diesel  Gaseous
                    and Particulate Emissions with Paper "Light-
                    duty  Diesel Exhaust  Emissions"	234
            B2.12   Status Report:  Characterize Rotary Emissions
                    as a  Function of Lubricant Composition and
                    Fuel/Lubricant  Interaction	242
            B2.13   Status Report:  Characterize Particulate
                    Emissions - Alternate Power  Systems (Rotary)  .  .243
    B.3     Emissions Measurement Methodology
            B3.1    Emissions Measurement Methodology Summary ...   1
            B3.2    Status Report:  Develop Methods for Total
                    Sulfur, Sulfate, and other Sulfur Compounds
                    in  Particulate  Emissions from Mobile Sources ...   2
            B3.3    Status Report:  Adapt Methods for  SO2 and SO3
                    to  Mobile Source Emissions Measurements	3
            B3.4    Evaluation of the Adaption to Mobile Source
                    SO7 and  Sulfate Emission  Measurements of
                    Stationary Source Manual  Methods	4
            B3.5    Sulfate Method Comparison Study. CRC APRAC
                    Project CAPI-8-74	17
            B3.6    Determination of Soluble Sulfates in CVS
                    Diluted Exhausts: An Automated Method	19
            B3.7    Engine Room Dilution Tube Flow Characteristics-  •  41
            B3.8    An EPA Automobile  Emissions  Laboratory	52
            B3.9    Status Report:  Protocol to Characterize Gaseous
                    Emissions as a Function of Fuel and Additive
                    Composition  -  Prototype Vehicles	89
            B3.10   Status Report:  Protocol .to Characterize Particu-
                    late Emissions as  a  Function of  Fuel and Additive
                    Composition	90
            B3.11   Interim Report and  Subsequent Progress Reports.
                    Development of a Methodology  for Determination
                    of  the Effects of Diesel Fuel and Fuel Additives
                    on  Particulate  Emissions	192

-------
                                                                      Page

          B3.12   Monthly Progress Report #7:  Protocol to
                  Characterize Gaseous Emissions as a Function
                  of Fuel and Additive Composition   	200
          B3.13   Status Report:  Validate  Engine Dynomometer  Test
                  Protocol for Control System Performance	218
          B3.14   Fuel Additive Protocol Development	221
          B3.15   Proposed EPA Protocol:  Control System
                  Performance	231

VOLUME  4

          B3.16   The Effect of Fuels  and  Fuel  Additives on Mobile
                  Source Exhaust Particulate Emissions	   1

VOLUME  5
          B3.17   Development of  Methodology to Determine  the
                  Effect  of Fuels and  Fuel Additives on the  Perform-
                  ance of Emission Control Devices	   1
          B3.18   Status of Mobile Source  and Quality  Assurance
                  Programs    	260

VOLUME  6
    B4.   Toxicology
          B4.1    Toxicology: Overview and Summary	   1
          B4.2    Sulfuric Acid Effect on Deposition of Radioactive
                  Aerosol  in the  Respiratory Tract of Guinea Pigs,
                  October 1974	38
          B4.3    Sulfuric Acid Aerosol  Effects on  Clearance of
                  Streptococci from the Respiratory Tract of Mice.
                  July 1974	63
          B4.4    Ammonium and  Sulfate Ion Release of Histamine
                  from Lung Fragments	89
          B4.5    Toxicity of Palladium, Platinum and  their
                  Compounds	105
          B4.6    Method Development and Subsequent Survey
                  Analysis of Experimental Rat Tissue for PT,  Mn.
                  and Pb Content, March  1974	128
          B4.7    Assessment of Fuel  Additives Emissions Toxicity
                  via Selected Assays of Nucleic Acid  and Protein
                  Synthesis    	157
          B4.8    Determination of No-effect  Levels of  Pt-group
                  Base Metal Compounds Using Mouse  Infectivity
                  Model, August 1974 and November 1974 (2
                  quarterly reports)	220
          B4.9    Status Report:   "Exposure of Tissue Culture
                  Systems to Air  Pollutants under  Conditions
                  Simulating Physiologic States of  Lung and
                  Conjunctiva"	239

-------
                                                                       Page

          B4.10   A Comparative Study of the Effect of  Inhalation of
                  Platinum,  Lead,  and Other Base Metal Compounds
                  Utilizing  the Pulmonary Macrophage as  an Indicator
                  of Toxicity	256
          B4.11   Status Report:   "Compare Pulmonary  Carcinogenesis
                  of Platinum Group Metal Compounds and Lead  Com-
                  pounds in Association with Polynuclear Aromatics
                  Using hn  vivo Hamster System	258
          B4.12   Status "Report:   Methylation Chemistry of Platinum,
                  Palladium,  Lead, and Manganese	263
VOLUME 7
    B.5   Inhalation Toxicology
          B5.1    Studies on  Catalytic  Components and  Exhaust
                  Emissions  	    1

    B.6   Meteorological Modelling
          B6.1    Meteorological Modelling  -  Summary	149
          B6.2    HIWAY:   A Highway  Air  Pollution  Model   	151
          B6.3    Line Source Modelling	209

    B.7   Atmospheric Chemistry
          B7.1    Status Report:  A  Development of  Methodology to
                  Determine the Effects of  Fuel and  Additives on
                  Atmospheric Visibility	233
                  Monthly Progress Report:  October 1974	255
          B7.2    Status Report:  Develop  Laboratory Method for Collec-
                  tion and  Analysis of Sulfuric Acid and  Sulfates  . • •  259
          B7.3    Status Report:  Develop  Portable Device for Collection
                  of Sulfate and Sulfuric Acid   	260
          B7.4    Status Report:  Personal Exposure Meters  for
                  Suspended  Sulfates	261
          B7.5    Status Report:  Smog Chamber Study of SO2
                  Photo-oxidation to  SOU under  Roadway
                  Condition	262
          B7.6    Status Report:  Study of Scavenging  of SO_ and
                  Sulfates by Surfaces  near Roadways	263
          B7.7    Status Report:  Characterization of Roadside
                  Aerosols:   St.  Louis Roadway Sulfate Study	264
          B7.8    Status Report:  Characterization of Roadside
                  Aerosols:   Los  Angeles  Roadway Sulfate Study  • • •  269

-------
                                                                      Page
VOLUME  8
    B.8   Monitoring
          B8.1    Los  Angeles Catalyst Study.  Background Pre-
                  liminary Report	
          B8.2    Los  Angeles Catalyst Study;  Summary of Back-
                  ground Period (June, July, August 1974}	
          B8.3    Los  Angeles Catalyst Study Operations Manual
                  (June 1974,  amended August 1974)	
          B8.4    Collection and Analysis of Airborne Suspended
                  Particulate Matter Respirable to Humans for
                  Sulfates and Polycyclic Organics  (October 8,  1974).
                                                              1

                                                             13

                                                             33
VOLUME 9
    B.9   Human Studies
                                                           .194
                                                                        1
B9.1    Update of Health Effects of Sulfates,  August 28,  1974.
B9.2    Development of Analytic Techniques  to Measure
        Human Exposure to Fuel  Additives, March  1974  ....  7
B9.3    Design of Procedures  for Monitoring Platinum
        and Palladium,  April  1974	166
B9.4    Trace Metals  in Occupational  and Non-occupation-
        ally Exposed  Individuals,  April  1974	178
B9.5    Evaluation of  Analytic Methods for Platinum and
        Palladium	199
B9.6    Literature Search on the  Use of  Platinum and
        Palladium	209
B9.7    Work Plan for Obtaining  Baseline Levels of Pt
        and Pd in  Human Tissue	254

-------
                                               Appendix B5.1
    ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY RESEARCH LABORATORY
       NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER
                  CINCINNATI, OHIO
STUDIES ON CATALYTIC COMPONENTS .AND EXHAUST EMISSIONS
                 Issued August, 1974
                         by
                The Staff of the ETRL
                J.  F.  Slsri., Director

-------
                                 INTRODUCTION




                             Wellington Moore,  Jr.




     In July, 1973, the Division of Health Effects  instructed the ETRL




to reprogram ROAP 21 AFK with major emphasis on the toxicologic assessment




of catalytic attrition products and automotive emissions which had




passed through the oxidization catalyst.   Interest in the biological




effects of the noble metals (platinum [Pt] and palladium [Pd]) resulted




from the decision by the automotive manufacturers to use these metals in




the catalytic converter. These converters are designed to reduce the




concentrations of carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbons (HC) in the




exhaust stream by oxidizing them into carbon dioxide and water.  The




control of the concentrations of CO and HC in automotive emissions is




necessary in order for light-duty vehicles to comply with the CO and HC




emission standards set forth in the Clean Air Amendments of 1970.  With




the use of Pd and Pt in automotive catalytic converters, there is the




possibility that some of the material will be emitted to- the atmosphere




or enter into other segments of the environment following degradation or




disposal of worn-out converters.




     At the present time, the author is not aware of any information




concerning the chemical form of Pd or Pt which may  be emitted in the




exhaust.  It can be speculated that the attrition products from the




catalyst could include:  1) paniculate composed of the metals combined




with substrate material; 2) different chemical forms of Pd and Pt.  A




survey of the literature indicated that there was very little information




on the toxicology of chemical forms of Pt or Pd which might be expected

-------
to occur following use of these metals in the catalyst.  Likewise, there



was no information on the inhalation exposure of animals to exhaust from



automobiles containing a catalyst in the exhaust train.



     The CTRL research effort was divided into two major segments: 1)



toxicological studies on catalytic metals associated with the oxidation



catalyst; 2) assessment of the biological effects of automotive emissions



which have passed through the oxidative catalytic converter.



     In the noble metal studies, the soluble forms of Pd and Pt have



been used in order to ascertain some of the basic toxicological and



metabolic aspects.  It is realized that the availability and metabolism



of other chemical forms or substrate material containing Pd or Pt may  be



different.



     It should be emphasized that ETRL has been studying the biological



effects of the noble metals for less than a year and the data should be



considered as preliminary in nature.  The impact of any metal upon a



biological system is complex; however, these findings should serve as  a



basis for additional research in defining the impact of the use of these



metals upon the environment.  This report presents data on the ETRL



studies. A number of these studies have been submitted for publication



in the open literature.

-------
TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES OF PALLADIUM AND PLATINUM

-------
      BIOLOGICAL FATE OF 103pd IN RATS FOLLOWING DIFFERENT ROUTES OF EXPOSURE




            W. Moore, Jr., D. Hysell, W. Crocker and J. Stara






     It is possible that Pd used in the catalytic converter may appear




in the environment if attrition or degradation of the catalytic bed




occurs.  The major routes of exposure to humans would be through inhalation




and ingestion.  The purpose of this study was to determine the influence




of different routes of exposure upon absorption, tissue distribution and




excretion.  Placental transfer was determined following intravenous




administration.




                                  METHODS




Animals and Treatments



     The outbred albino rats (Charles River CD-I strain) used in this




study were maintained on a commercial diet '(Purina Lab Chow) and tap




water ad libitum except where otherwise noted.  The three treatment




groups consisted of:




     1.   Intratracheal administration




          Ten fasted male rats, 180-200 g, were anesthetized with pento-




barbital sodium and placed in dorsal recumbency.  The trachea was isolated




through a ventral midline cervical incision and blunt dissection of the




overlying masculature.  103PdCl2 (25 yCi in 0.1 ml saline) was injected




intratradically with a Ice tuberculin syringe and 5/8 in., 25 ga needle.




After the incision was closed, the animals were maintained in hanging




wire cages for 104 days to determine whole body retention of the

-------
     2.   Oral administration




          Twenty fasted male rats, 180-200 g, were lightly anesthetized




with ether and given 25 yCi of 103PdCl2 in 0.2 ml saline by stomach




tube. Ten rats were placed in metabolism cages for collection of 24 hr.




urine and fecal samples to determine routes of excretion.  The other ten




rats were sacrificed 24 hr. after dosage to establish organ distribution




of the PdCl2.



          Fifteen nonfasted suckling rats, 30 g were given a single dose




of 103PdCl2  (25 jjCi in 0.2 ml saline) by stomach tube.  These animals



were maintained to compare their retention of Pd with that of the adult




rats.



     3.   Intravenous administration




          Twenty male rats, 180-200 g, were given 25 yCi PdCl2 in 0.1 ml




saline intravenously (iv) in a tail vein with a 1 cc tuberculin syringe




and 5/8 in., 25 ga. needle.  Ten were sacrificed 24 hr. later for organ




distribution; ten rats were placed in metabolism cages fol- collection of




24 hr. samples of urine and feces and subsequent determination of whole



body retention.  Thirteen female rats (16 days pregnant) were given 25




105PdCl iv and maintained in metabolism cages for collection of feces




and urine.  They were sacrificed 24 hr. after dosage to determine organ




distribution and placental transfer of the 1^3PdCl_.  An additional




group of 8 female rats were given 25 uCi    PdCl  iv within 24 hr. post-




parturition. The mothers and litters were maintained 25 days to determine



if the *03pd was transferred to the young via the mother's milk.

-------
Sacrifice  and  Tissue  Sampling




     All rats  were  euthanatized with an overdose of chloroform anesthesia.




Samples collected routinely were blood, heart,  lung, liver, kidney,




adrenal, pancreas,  abdominal fat,  spleen, skeletal muscle, bone, brain,




and testicle from males,  ovary from females.   In the pregnant females,




4 placentas, 4 fetuses, and a pooled sample of fetal livers were also




saved.  In the young  rats from the milk transfer study, lung, liver,




kidney, bone,  and spleen  were saved.  Tissue samples were placed in




preweighed glass vials for counting.




Radioactive Determinations




     103PdCl2,  which  has  a half-life of 17 days, was used in all the




studies.   Immediately after dosing, whole body gamma counts were made on




all animals used in the retention  studies.  The animals were counted daily




for the first  few days and then every other day for the duration of the




experiment.  A 200-channel gamma spectrometer  with a 5 in. Nal (Tl) crystal




was used for whole body counts.  Tissue, urine, and feces-samples were




counted in a well-type refrigerated scintillation spectrometer.




Whole Body Retention




     Analysis  of the  data for whole body retention of 103Pd following a




single exposure disclosed that the route of administration of the dose




significantly  affected whole body  retention.   The percent of ^^Pd retained




with time in the rat  following three different routes of administration is




presented in Figure 1.  Following  oral dosing, the retention curve




declined very  rapidly during the first 3 days  to about 0.4% of the initial




dose.  The initial rapid  clearance is attributed to passage of the non-




absorbed 103pdi  through the gastrointestinal tract.  Extrapolation of the

-------
       -Suckling  Rat
           Oral
                                         Adult
                                  — Intratracheally
                    12   16  20  24   28   32" 36
                    Days  After  Dosing
Fig. 1.  Whole body retention of 103Pd in adult rats
        following oral, iv, and intratracheal admin-
        istration. Also shewn is whole body retention
        of 103pd in suckling rats following oral
        administration.
                        7

-------
second component of the retention curve to the intercept indicated that




the absorption was less than 0.5% of the initial dose.  Retention of




1"'?d by the suckling rats following oral administration was similar to




that of the adults; however, the amount absorbed and retained with time




was significantly higher.




     The amount of  03Pd retained following intratracheal dosing was




significantly higher than that for oral dosing and also significantly




less than that for iv dosing.  The greatest amount of    Pd retained




with time occurred following iv administration.  Approximately 10% of




the initial iv dose was retained at 76 days when the whole body counting




was discontinued.




Excretion




     Radioactive counts of 24 hr. urine and feces samples from the rats




receiving the 103Pd orally showed that almost all of the 103Pd was




initially eliminated in the feces and only a trace amount was excreted




in the urine (Figure 2).  With iv administration, 103Pd was eliminated




both in the urine and feces in similar quantities.  Toward the end of




the study, urinary excretion exceeded fecal excretion.




Tissue Distribution




     The distribution and concentration of    Pd was determined for




different tissues following oral and iv dosing.  Twenty-four hours after




oral dosing, detectible quantities of 103Pd were found only in the




kidney and liver.  The concentration in the kidney was much greater than




that in the liver.  Twenty-four hours after iv dosing, 1^3Pd was found




in all the tissues analyzed with the higher concentrations, in descending




order, occurring in the kidney, spleen, liver, adrenal, lung, and bone,




respectively.
                                  8

-------

106


e
.2 10
"S
8
UU
1 10<
.=
^5T*
CM
X

"1O
o
^^ ^^
^
.— 0
•s 10
2 •
CO
0
*" 10
i
•
— 1
^
o
"™ f \
; V \
'i ' \ '
HK °*°^
• BL Q ^_
t ^M^^fl ^fc
\ — • — ^rjj 	 Urine
- *o X^.~I
— \ * 	 o^
= . \ *»«
" * *
: I ^ Feces
o
• \ \
\ v-
o
- \ v
^0 Feces

! """^v
>x Urine
m •
*


^
1 1 1 1
5 10 15 20
•
— ;
-" ^
"
.
^^
-
•I
— | I V J
-

—
•

__
f
•
Oral :
—
:


m
I
25
                Days  After  Dosing
Pig. 2.    Excretion of 103Pd folladng iv and oral
          administration.
                              9

-------
     The rats used in the whole body retention study were sacrificed 104




days post-exposure and the tissues counted.  No significant amount of




*^ Pd was found in any of the tissues from the group receiving the oral




dose.  In the iv dosed rats, the higher concentrations of 1"^Pd were




found in the spleen, kidney, liver, lung, and bone.  For the intra-




tracheally dosed rats, the lung contained the most ^u^Pd followed by the




kidney, spleen, bone, and liver.




Maternal/Fetal Uptake




     During the 24 hr. period, the pregnant rats excreted 44.2% of the




initial iv dose.  The amount excreted by the pregnant rats was higher




than the amount excreted by the fasted adult male rats during the first




24 hr. period.  The magnitude of the difference in J03Pd concentration




among the maternal organs and the fetuses* is best shown by the counts




per gram of tissue (Table 1).




     The pattern of distribution and concentration of *O^Pd in maternal




organs was similar to that previously found in the whole, body iv experiment.




Most of the fetuses (35) contained a small amount of *-®*Pd, and the mean




value for these fetuses is given in Table 1.  However, radioactive




counts for 17 fetuses from 5 litters was not significantly higher than




background counts.  The same pattern of results was obtained for the




fetal livers.  The amount of 103pd found in the fetuses indicated that




Pd does not readily move across the placental barrier in the rat.




     The retention of l"3Pd by the post-parturient dams and pups with




time, following a single iv exposure is shown in Figure 3.  It is evident
                                    10

-------
Table 1.	Pd in Maternal Organs and Fetuses
Tissue
Maternal organ
Blood
Lung
Liver
Kidney
Bone
Ovary
Placenta
Fetus
Fetal liver
Nfean Counts /g

3,654
29,211
319,153
588,479
18,351
29,625
58,321
757
1,429
                       11

-------
      1C?
     10
      1C?
 o>
      10
CO
o
     10
Adult   Female  Rats
Suckling  Offspring
                      8     12     16     20    24

                       Days After I V  Dosing
                                28
       Pig. 3.    Whole body retention of 103Pd in nursing female

                 fats following i.v. administration and uptake of
                 XUJPd in suckling young via the milk.
                                12

-------
that a small amount of the *"*Pd was passed to the young via the milk.




Ttoenty-five days after dosing of the dams, the suckling rats were sacrificed




and lung, liver, kidney, bone, and spleen taken for analysis.  A very




small amount of lO^Pd (10-50 counts/gram tissue) was found in the tissues.




The bone had the highest level of activity followed by the kidney; spleen,




lung, and; liver.
                                     13

-------
       BIOLOGICAL FATE OF  191Pt  IN RATS FOLLOWING DIFFERENT ROUTES
                               OF EXPOSURE

          W. Moore, Jr., D. Hysell, W. Crocker and J. F. Stara


     Because Pt may enter  various media, the purpose of this study-was to

determine the significance of different routes of exposure upon retention,

tissue distribution, and excretion.  Placental transfer was determined

following intravenous administration.

                                 METHODS

Animals and Treatments

     The outbred albino rats (Charles River CD-I strain) used in this

study were maintained on a commercial diet (Purina Lab Chow) and tap

water ad libitum except where otherwise noted.  The three treatment groups

consisted of:

     1.   Intratracheal administration

          Fourteen fasted  male rats, 180-200 g, were anesthetized with

pentobarbital sodium and placed  in dorsal recumbency.  The trachea was

isolated through a ventral midline cervical incision and blunt dissection

of the overlying musculature.  191Pt (25 nCi in 0.1 ml saline) was injected

intratracheally with a 1 cc tuberculin syringe and 5/8 in., 25 ga. needle.

After the incision was closed, the animals were maintained in hanging wire

cages for determination of whole body retention of *9*Pt.

     2.   Oral administration

          -Seventy-one fasted male rats, 180-200 g, were lightly anesthetized

with ether and given 25 yCi of 191Pt in 0.2 ml saline by stomach tube.  Six

rats were placed in metabolism cages for collection of 24 hour urine and


                                       14

-------
feccs samples to determine routes of excretion.  Fifteen animals were




used for whole body determinations.  Ten rats were sacrificed on days 1,




2, 3, 7, and 14 after dosing to establish organ distribution of 191Pt.




Fifteen non-fasted suckling rats, approximately 30 g, were given a




single dose of 2§ \Ci of 19*Pt by stomach tube.  These animals were




maintained for comparison with retention of Pt in adult rats.




     3.   Intravenous administration




          Seventy male rats, 180-200 g, were given 25 pCi 191Pt in 0.1




ml saline intravenously (iv) in a tail vein with a 1 cc tuberculin




syringe and 5/8 in., 25 g needle.  Six rats were placed in metabolism




cages for collection of 24 hour urine and feces samples and 15 animals




were used for whole body determinations.  Ten rats were sacrificed on




days 1, 2, 3, 7, and 14 after dosing to establish organ distribution of




l^lpt.  An additional 15 pregnant rats (18th day gestation) were given



25 yCi 19* Pt iv an(j sacrificed 24 hours later for determination of




placental transfer and organ distribution.




Sacrifice and Tissue Sampling




     All rats were euthanatized with an overdose of chloroform anesthesia,



Samples collected routinely for counting were blood, heart, lung, liver,




kidney, adrenal, pancreas, abdominal fat, spleen, skeletal muscle, bone,




brain, and testicle from males, ovary from females.  In the pregnant




females, 4 placentas, 4 fetuses, and a pooled sample of fetal livers




were also saved.
                                   15

-------
Radioactive Determinations




     A carrier free solution of 191*193pt*4 in 1M HCL was used for this




study.  The 191Pt isotope comprised at least 50% of the total radioactive




Pt and the 0.529 MeV gamma of 19*Pt was counted in the radioactive




determinations.  191Pt has a 3-day half-life.  Immediately after dosing,




whole body counts were made on all animals used in the retention studies.




The animals were counted daily for the first few days and then every




other day for the duration of the experiment.  A 200-channel gamma




spectrometer with a 5 in. Nal (Tl) crystal was used for whole body counts.




Tissue, urine, and feces samples were counted in a well-type refrigerated




scintillation spectrometer.




                                 RESULTS




Whole Body Retention




     Whole body retention of ^^Pt following a single dose was affected




significantly by the route of administration.  The percent of *9*Pt




retained with time following 3 different routes of administration is




presented in Figure 1.  Following oral dosing, the total net gastrointestinal




excretion was extremely high resulting in a rapid decline of the retention




curve to less than 1% at the end of 3 days.  Retention of 191Pt by




suckling rats following oral administration was similar to the adults




although the amount retained at 24 hours was higher (14.7% for the suckling




rats vs. 7.4% for the adults).  The difference in whole body retention




probably is due to difference in the rate of movement of the *91Pt through




the gastrointestinal tract.
                                    16

-------
   60
   40
 0
0.
   20
              Percent  of  Initial
                     Retained
                                     191
                     Pt
                      Adult
                         I V
Adult
s^ Intratracheally
                  •a J
                8    12    16  20  24  28
                Days  After  Dosing
                                                      Suckling  Rat
                                                           Oral
                                  20 r
                                                     10
                            32
8
      Figure 1.-  Whole body retention of *9lPt in adult'rats following oral,  iv, and
              . intratracheal administration. Also shown is whole body retention of
               191pt in suckling rats following oral administration.
                                      17

-------
     The  amount of 191Pt retained in the body following intratracheal




dosing was  significantly higher than for oral dosing.  The excretion of




approximately  50 percent of the initial dose during the first 24 hours




is attributed  to mucociliary and alveolar clearance.  Whole body retention




of 191Pt  was the~highest following iv dosing; the short half -life




precluded an accurate determination of the biological half- life for this



metal .




Excretion




     Radioactive counts of 24 hour urine and feces samples from rats




receiving 191Pt orally indicated that almost all of the 191Pt was




eliminated  in  the  feces and only a small amount excreted in the urine




(Figure 2) .  These values support the whole body data which showed that




total net gastrointestinal absorption was. low.  Following iv administration,




191Pt was excreted in both the urine and feces.  The urine contained a




greater quantity of the




Tissue Distribution
     The distribution and concentration of    Pt was determined for



different organs as a function of time following oral and iv dosing.



After oral dosing, the kidney and liver contained the highest concentrations



of l^lpt.  The amount of radioactivity found in the other organs was not



significantly higher than background.  The amount of ^9^Pt found in



selected tissues and the percent of the initial dose per gram following



iv dosing are presented in Table 1.  Most of the tissues did not contain



levels of 191Pt appreciably higher than that found in blood.  However,  the



fraction of 19lPt in the plasma that is in an "available" form for



movement into the various tissues was not determined.  The large amount
                                   18

-------
    1C
 U
 X
LLJ
   io4
vCN
O
   10
      *. o
      = \
      I  \
         \
      -  \
          o
        •A
             \
             b
              \
           v  \
           V
              \
               \
                        \_
                           Urine
i/*Ac ^ n  '
                                                 \y
                                        Oral
           i	i     i     i
           24    6    8    10   12   14   16   18
                  Days  After  Dosing

       Figure 2.  Excretion  of 191Pt following iv and oral administration
                              19

-------
           191
Table 1.
              Pt Present  in Rats  Following A Single Intravenous Dose
                    1 day
2 days
7 days
14 days
Tissue
Blood
Heart
Lung
Liver
Kidney
Spleen
Pancreas
Bone
Brain
Fat
Testis
Adrenal
Muscle
i
Duodenal Segment
c/g Wet
Weight
22,147
11,819
18,432
36,848
162,227
41,085
22,208
13,146
1,150
4,487
4,186
45,439
4,798
12,725
% Per
Gram
0.91
0.48
0.75
1.51
6.65
1.68
0.91
0.53
0.05
0.18
0.17
1.86
0.19
0.52
c/g Wet
Weight
19,732
12,201
16,139
31,274
160,656
45,8T40
19,487
12,800
2,485
4,501
6,540
42,363
4,671
6,044
% Per
Gram
0.81
0.50
0.66
1.28
6.59
1.89
0.80
0.52
0.10
0.18
0.27
1.74
0.19
0.25
c/g Wet
Weight
12,774
8,805
11,180
25,732-
138,101
55,764
14,802
8,932
595
3,201
3,873
26,667
3,441
4,031
% Per
Gram
0.52
0.36
0.46
1.05
5.66
2.29
0.60
0.37
0.02
0.13
0.16
1.09
0.14
0.16
c/g Wet
Weight
7,921
4,593
5,770
4,733
30,195
20,973
3,973
5,440
265
429
1,431
6,190
2,146
1,410
% Per
Gram
0.32
0.19
0.24
0.19
1.24
0.86
0.16
0.22
0.01
0.02
0.06
0.25
0.09
0.06

-------
of 19lPt found in the kidney suggests that this organ accumulates this



element.  Concentrations higher than the blood values were also found in



the liver, spleen, and adrenal.  The relative low count for the brain



indicated that  91Pt was transferred through the blood-brain barrier



only to a limited extent.



Maternal/Fetal Uptake



     Fifteen pregnant rats (18th day gestation) were given 25 pe Ci


191
   Pt intravenously and sacrificed 24 hours later to determine placental



transfer. During the 24 hour period, the pregnant rats excreted 18.8



percent of the initial dose.  The amount excreted by the pregnant rats



was approximately the same as the amount (19.3 percent) excreted by the



adult male rats during the first 24 hours period.  The concentration of


191
   Pt per gram for different maternal tissues and fetuses is given in



Table 2.



     The data indicated that there was some transplacental passage of



191Pt, however, there appeared to be placental binding or accumulation.



*91pt was present in all the fetuses (60) counted.  The hemochorial



placental barrier of rats is more easily traversed than the more complex



placental barriers found in other species of experimental animals.
                                  21

-------
Table 2.  191Pt in Maternal Organs and Fetuses
Tissue

Blood
Lung
Liver
Kidney
Bone
Brain
Ovary
Placenta
Fetus
Fetal Liver
Mean Counts/g

10,568
17,981
43,375
127,064
9,193
792
14,639
27,750
432
1,421
% of Dose
Per Gram
0.35
0.60
1.44
4.22
0.30
0.02
0.49
0.92
0.01
0.05
                     22

-------
       THE ACUTE TOXICITY OF PALLADIUM CHLORIDE AND PLATINUM CHLORIDE

              L. Hall, J. Adams, I. Washington, K. Campbell
              W. Crocker, D. Hysell, W. Moore and J. Stara
     As part of the comprehensive evaluation of the toxicity of catalytic

emission products,- acute toxicity studies of Pd and Pt chlorides were

initiated.  This data provides a reliable and inexpensive first estimate

of the toxicity as related to dose.

                                 METHODS

     The outbred albino rats (Charles River CD-I strain, 200-3009) used

in these studies were maintained on a commercial diet (Purina Lab Chow)

and tapwater ad libitum except where otherwise noted.  Rabbits were

obtained from a local supplier and fed a commercial diet (Purina Rabbit

Chow) and tapwater ad libitum.

A.   Toxicity Studies of_ Pd_ and P£

          Animals were given a single dose of PdC^ or PtCl^ by one of

the following routes:  1) orally (po); 2) intravenously (iv); 3) intra-

peritoneally (ip); 4) intratracheally (itr).   All solutions were prepared

in saline with no pH adjustment.

          Four groups (10 animals/group) of rats were given Pd or Pt in

the drinking water and appearance,  body weight and water consumption

noted.  The concentrations used were 92 and 184 ppm K- PdCl4 and 235  and

470 ppm K2 PtCl4.
                                23

-------
                                 RESULTS


A.   Palladium Toxicity


          Using the method of Diechman and LeBlanc, the approximate LD50


of PdCl  was determined for iv, ip, itr, and po routes of administration.


The results are shown in Table 1.
                Table  1.   Acute Lethal Toxicity of PdCl
Species
Rat
Rat
Rat
Rat
Rabbit
Approx. LD50
5 mg/kg
70 mg/kg
200 mg/kg
6 mg/kg
5 mg/kg
Route
iv
ip
po
itr
iv
Marked differences  in the approximate LD50 were noted among the different


routes of administration, ranging from 5 mg/kg for iv to greater than


200 mg/kg for po.

                                                              fy
     Using the more precise method of Litchficld and Wilcoxon,  the iv


and ip LD50  (14 days) were determined.  The iv LD50 (14 days) was calculated


to be 3.0 mg PdCl2/kg with 95% confidence limits of 2.57-3.49. The slope


was found to be 1.43 with a 95% confidence limits of 1.15-1.77. The


(CHI)^ test indicated that the data were not significantly heterogenous.


Following ip administration, the LD50 was calculated to be 123.0 (91.1-


166.1) mg PdCl2/kg with a slope of 1.84 (1.04-3.27).  No significant


heterogenicity was noted.

-------
     Following acutely toxic iv doses of PdCl2,  death occurred very




rapidly, with a sharp threshold such that if exitus did not occur within




5-10 minutes, the animals (both rats and rabbits) survived the 14 day




experimental period.   CIonic and tonic convulsions were noted in rats




and rabbits.  Following ip injection, necropsy findings indicated a




chemical type "burn"  of the viscera in animals dying within 24 hrs.




Gross pathologic examination of ip-dosed survivors at 14 days showed




prominent peritonitis with numerous visceral adhesions.




     A limited number of rats from the intravenous and intraperitoneal




studies were housed in metabolism cages and several toxicometric parameters



were measured during  the 14 days observation period.  Survivors of an




acutely toxic iv dose of PdCl2 exhibited a 25 per cent decrease in water




intake and urine excretion.  Following intraperitoneal dosing a 7 per




cent reduction in body weight was observed with up to 80 per cent reduction




in food intake.  Water intake was markedly reduced initially and then




returned to control levels or above.  Proteinuria was noted in all




animals following both routes of administration.  Elevated urinary




ketone bodies were observed in some animals folloxving both routes of




dosing.




     In order to ascertain the effect of chemical form on toxicity, the




LD50 of K2PdCl4 and (NH4)2 PdCl4 were determined (Table 2).  The LD50




when expressed in micromoles of Pd was very similar for the 3 chemical




forms.




     In two groups of rats maintained for 33 days on drinking water



containing 92 ppm and 194 ppm I^PdCl^ respectively, there were no




abnormalities noted in general appearance, body weights or urinalysis.
                                  25

-------
           Table 2.   Intravenous LD50 for Pd Compounds Using
                        the Litchfield and Wilcoxon Method
Compound
PdCl2
K2PdCl4
(NH4)2PdCl4
LD50 mg/kg
(95% Confidence)
3.0 (2.6-3.50)
6.4 (6.0-6.8)
5.6 (4.9.-6.4)
Slope
(95% Confidence)
1.43 (1.1-1.8)
1.14 (0.83-1.2)
1.31 (0.96-1.8)
LD50
yM/kg
16.9
19.6
19.7
B.  Platinum toxicity

          The results of a preliminary range finding study on the acute

toxicity of iv PtCl4 in rats is given in Table 3.  The high incidence of

mortality at the lowest dose precluded determination of the LD50 (14 days)

However, the lowest dose would appear to be a reasonable approximation.
         Table 3.   Acute Intravenous Toxicity of PtCl4 in Rats
PtCl4 Dose
mg/kg
41.4
36.7
31.4
26.2
No. of Rats
per group
10
10
10
10
Cumulative
Deaths
10
9
9
4
%
Mortality
100
90
90
40
                                      26

-------
     In two groups of rats maintained for 23 days on drinking water




containing 235 ppm and 470 ppm I^PtCl/i, respectively, there was a




decrease in weight gain and water consumption.  For the high dose




level the weight gain decreased 14.7% and the water intake decreased




32.3%.  No gross pathological changes were found at necropsy.  Additional




studies are currently in progress on Pt toxicity.




Ii± Vitro Studies




     Ir± vitro protein binding studies were performed with Pd and Pt




chlorides (PdCl2 and PtCl^), using the Toribara ultracentrifugation




technique  at concentrations up to 200 yg of compound/ml, using whole




plasma or plasma equivalent albumin.  Protein binding was greater than




99 percent at all concentrations.  Temperature and pH were found not




to affect binding.
                                     27

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Diechman, W. B. and T. J. LeBlanc.  Determination of the Approximate
     Lethal Dose with About Six Animals.  J. Ind. Hyg. and Tox., J.A.I.H.A.
     25; 415, 1943

2.   Litchfield, J. T., Jr. and F. J. Wilcoxon.  A Simplified Method of
     Evaluating Dose-Effect Experiments.  J. Pharm. Therap. 96: 99, 1949

3.   Toribara, T.  The Ultravilterable Calcium of Human Serum I.  J. Phar.
     Clin. Invest. 36:  738, 1957.
                                  28

-------
             IN VITRO EFFECT OF VARIOUS SULFATE COMPOUNDS ON

                     SUCCINATE-DEPENDENT RHSPIRATION



       V. Finelli, M. Karaffa, M. Richards, L. McMillan and S. D. Lee
     The use of catalytic converters to control hydrocarbons and carbon



monoxide in the automobile exhaust emissions resulted in an increased



output of sulfate(s).%  This, along with possible emissions of noble



metals from the converter, prompted us to test comparative toxicity of



the various sulfates in an enzyme system.  Succinate dependent respiration



was tested in rat liver slices incubated in Krebs-Ringer phosphate buffer



and in liver homogenate incubated in J311M phosphate  buffer,  pH 7.4.  A Clark-



type oxygen electrode attached to a YSI Model 53 Biological Oxygen Monitor


                                                                 2 3
(Yellow Spring Instrument Co.) was used to measure the 02-uptake. *



We tested the effects of various sulfates such as cadmium, palladium,



manganese, magnesium, calcium, sodium, and ammonium on the system.  The



results indicated that the sulfate ion in tissue slices or in homogenate



did not effect the respiratory chain.  However, among the 'cations, Cd



appeared to be the most potent inhibitor (Figure 1).  Cadmium inhibited



the 02-uptake by approximately 50% at 2 X 10  M and 100% at 3.3 X 10  M.



Other cations did not show inhibitory effects at similar concentrations.



To achieve a 50% inhibition by PdS04 more than 10" M was required.  Cadmium


                                                                     4

ion, a known potent inhibitor of the mitochondrial respiratory chain,



was utilized in this experiment as a reference toxicant.  Cadmium sulfate



was found to be at least 5,000 times more toxic to the respiratory chain



than PdSO..  As expected, other cations such as Mn *, Mg**, Ca++, Na*+



were not inhibitory at concentrations up to 10~ M, but appeared to have a



slight stimulatory effect.
                                 29

-------
UJ

O
         100
          80
          60
       p  40
          20
           CSV	£
           -oo      -8
•7
         CdS04>
         1
                            PdSCX
-5
-4
                                   log   [MeS04]
•3
•2
            Figure!.  Effect of CdSCX and  PdSC)^ on Succinate dependent O* uptake

                     in rat liver homogenate.

-------
 References:

 1.  Malanchuk, M.,  Barkley, N., Centner, G., Richards, M. and Slater, R.
    Exhaust  Emission  During Steady-Speed Runs with  the Catalytic Converter
    in  the Exhaust  System, EPA, NERC,  ETRL, Cincinnati,  Ohio, Annual Report,
    1973.

.2.  Davis, P.W.,  "The Oxygen Cathode," in Physical Techniques  in  Biological
    Research, Vol.  4  (W.H. Nastuk,  Ed.) Academic  Press,  N.Y., 137,  1962.

 3.  Estabrook, R.W.,  "Mitochondrial Respiratory  Control and the Polarographic
    Measurement of  ADP/0  Ratios",  in Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 10
     (R.W. Estabrook and M.E. Pullman,  Eds.) Academic  Press, N.Y.,  41, 1967.

 4.  Mustafa, M.G.,  Cross, C.E. and Tyler, W.S., Interference of Cadmium
    ion with Oxidative Metabolism  of Alveolar Macrophages, Arch. Int. Med.
    Symposia, 9_,  116  (1971).
                                       31

-------
      EFFECT OF NOBLE METAL COMPOUNDS ON PROTEIN SYNTHESIS

                      IN VARIOUS ORGANS OF RATS




                     S. D. Lee and R. M. Danner
     Experiments were conducted to detect early biochemical effects of



intragastric administration of noble metal compounds (PdC^and Pt[SO^^)



on protein synthesis in various organs as determined by the rate of



incorporation of 14C-leucine.  Experimental animals (rats) were given



PdCl  (1 rag/kg body weight) 24 hr before sacrifice.  Control animals



were given saline solution.  All rats (control and treatment groups)



received an injection of   C-leucine (140 pCi/kg body weight) through



the tail vein and were allowed to metabolize for 1 hr before sacrifice.



The   C-content of purified protein in liver, kidney, lung, heart,  and



blood serum were examined.



     Each of the excised organ samples was homogenized with 0.25 M



sucrose (3:1 v/w).  An aliquot of the homogenate was used to precipitate



protein with 10 percent trichloroacetic acid v/v.  The precipitate was



washed twice with 5 percent trichloroacetic acid v/v and then twice with



95 percent ethanol. The concentration of protein was determined by the



Biuret method. Radioactivity levels were measured in a Packard liquid



scintillation spectrometer.  The observed values were expressed in terms



of dpm/mg protein and percent alteration with reference to control.



     As can be seen in Table 1, no change was observed in the kidney and



lung, and there was only a slight decrease in the liver.  However,  there


                         14
was a marked increase in   C-leucine incorporation into the heart and



blood serum protein.  The increases were 137 percent and 49 percent in



heart and blood serum, respectively.
                                      32

-------
                      Table 1.  EFFECT OF PdCl2 ON 14C-LEUCINE INCORPORATION INTO PROTEIN
U)
to
Item
Control
Experimental
Percent
Change

Dose (mg/kg of
body wt) and
percent change
0 mg/kd
0.5 mg/kg
Percent change
1.0 mg/kg
Percent change
5.0 mg/kg
Percent change
Liver
dpm/mg No . of
protein animals
1,484.0 4
1,361.8 4

-8.0
Table 2. EFFECT OF
Liver
cpm/mg No. of
protein* animals
1,056 6
1,374 4
+30.1
1,088 4
+3.0
1,110" 4
+5.0
Kidney
dpm/mg
protein
1,708.0
1,728.2

+1.2
Pt(S04)2
Kidney
cpm/mg
protein*
2,332
2,807
+16.9
2,477
+6.2
2,331
0
No. of
animals
4
5


Lung
dpm/mg No. of
protein animals
1,566.5 - 4
1,540.6 5

-1.7
Heart
dpm/mg No . of
protein animals
955.0 4
2,265.0 4

+137.2
Blood
dpm/mg
protein
1,877.3
2,796.5

+49.0
serum
No. of
animals
3
4


ON 14C-1-LEUCINE INCORPORATION INTO PROTEIN

No. of
animals
6
5
4
4
Lung
cpm/mg No. of
protein* animals
1,732 6
1,911 5
+10.3
2,239 4
+22.7
3,627 4
+109.4
Heart
cpm/mg No. of
protein* animals
1,355 6
1,356 5
0
1,326 4
-2.1
1,233 4
-9.0
Brain
cpm/mg
protein*
882
1,142
+29.5
1,111
+26.0
949
+7.0
No. of
animals
6
5
4
4
     *Corrected for organ weight.

-------
     Rats given 0.5, 1.0, and 5.0 mg/kg body weight of Pt(S04)2 exhibited




a different pattern of   C-leucine incorporation into protein as depicted




in Table 2.  The patterns of ^C-l-leucine incorporation into protein of




five organs were examined.  The most pronounced change was observed in




the lung, where a definite dose-response was observed with increasing




concentration:  incorporation of ^^C-1-leucine rose 10.3 percent for




0.5 rag/kg, 22.7 percent for 1.0 mg/kg, and 109.4 percent for 5 mg/kg




body weight, respectively.




     The incorporation of   C-1-leucine in kidney showed a reverse




trend:  +16.9 percent for 0.5 mg/kg, 6.2 percent for 1.0 mg/kg, and no




change for 5 mg/kg body weight, respectively.  The changes in the brain




showed a similar pattern to the kidney.  There was a 30 percent increase




at 0.5 mg/kg body weight for liver, and no other apparent changes were




indicated.  Treatment with 5.0 mg/kg body weight of Pt(S04)2 resulted in




a 9 percent deciease.  Increases of about 30 percent and 26 percent for




the 0.5 mg and the 1.0 mg/kg levels were observed, respectively.  Apparently,




Pt(SO.)2 at the concentrations used in this study did cause a significant




disruption in protein synthesis in organs tested.

-------
     DERMAL IRRITANCY OF SEVERAL PALLADIUM, PLATINUM, AND LEAD

   COMPOUNDS AND OF METHYLCYCLOPENTADIENYL MANGANESE TRICARBONYL




     K. I. Campbell, E. L. George, L. L. Hall, and J. F. Stara
     A necessary aspect of the general toxicologic character!zation of




potential environmental pollutants is the evaluation of dermal irritancy.




A series of such tests were performed on several palladium (Pd) and




platinum (Pt) compounds because of their relevance to catalytic automotive




emission control devices, and on two lead (Pb) compounds and the gasoline




antiknock additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).




     The test procedure used was essentially that in standard use by the



                                                     123
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, ' '  a modification




of the official Food and Drug Administration procedure.   In each test,




six healthy, male, albino rabbits weighing 2 to 3 kg were used.  Up to




seven pairs of sites (2x2 cm) were used on the closely clipped dorsolateral




aspects of the trunk of each animal, with the sites on the right side




abraded and those on the left intact.  Test materials in the solid




(powder) state (0.1-g per site) were mixed with about 0.1 ml deionized




water and spread over the site; liquid materials were applied directly




in 0.1-ml quantities.  Each application was covered immediately with a




gauze patch and further secured with tape (and overwrap in one test); a




leather restraining harness was also used. After 24 hr, harnesses and




coverings were removed, and test sites were washed with mild soap,




rinsed, and dried.  The skin reactions were evaluated and scored and




again 48 hr later.  Skin reactions were evaluated and scored using a

-------
grading system summarized in Table 1.  The assigned rating was calculated




as the average of the means from the 24- and 72-hr scores for the test




group; intact and abraded skin was rated separately (Table 2).  Ratings




were interpreted according to the scheme summarized in Table 3.




     Table 4 shows the materials tested, the dermal irritancy (intact




skin) and cellular toxicity (abraded skin) responses observed, and the




corresponding interpretations.  Results were interpreted conservatively,




that is, based on" the test in which the most severe responses were




observed.  Many of the test materials caused a delayed healing of the




abrasion lines themselves, in addition to or regardless of the standard




response criteria.




     The severity of response to some of the compounds which were tested




more than once was quite variable.  Skin.character and hair growth




patterns among rabbits in the specified weight range were somewhat




variable, and these could be factors in irritancy responses and evaluations,




We recommend selection of rabbits for uniformity on these additional




criteria.  Close but gentle (atraumatic) clipping in preference to




shaving, and over-wrapping in preference to taping to secure the patches,




are also recommended. In addition to tests for dermal irritancy, tests




for sensitization should also be performed.  Sensitizations may be far




more serious or chronic than direct irritation.  They may develop at




lower and more common levels of exposure, and opportunity for development




may be greater by virtue of extended or repeated exposure by ingestion




and inhalation as well as cutaneous contact.
                             36

-------
     For comparison, one of the authors (KIC) applied (NH^), PdCl.

and (C3H5PdCl)2 to the intact inside forearm skin in a manner similar to

that used in the rabbit tests.  The 24 hr reactions were read as 2Q and

2(+), on the scale of 4 used in the rabbits, for (NH4)2 PdCl4 and

(CjH  PdCl^, respectively.  These scores represented somewhat different

degrees of severity of erythema and edema.  The (NH*^ PdCl^ reaction

abated after removal of the patch after 24 hr so that only a faint brown

stain of the epidermis remained on the third day.   The edema reaction to

(CjH5 PdCl)2 appeared to abate also, but residual effects were prolonged.

A definite brown parchment-like lesion remained for about two weeks, and

a residual erythema remained for about five additional weeks.  Both test

sites itched a little during the first day, but not after removal of the

material.  There was no erythematous reaction to the patches'  adhesive

material, as sometimes occurred in the rabbit tests.


      Table 1.  EVALUATION OF SKIN REACTIONS TO TEST MATERIALS


                             	Grade value and designation	
      Reaction               Intact skin            Abraded skin


No. irritation               0, nonirritant         0, nontoxic

Erythema (regardless of
          degree)            1, mild irritant       1, mild cellular
                                                       toxin

Erythema and edema confined
 to test area                2, irritant            2, cellular toxin

Erythema and edema extending
 beyond test area            3, strong irritant     3, strong cellular
                                                       toxin

Eschar (deep reaction
       involving dermis)     4, corrosive           4, corrosive
                               37

-------
            Table 2.  EXAMPLE CALCULATION OF TEST RATING
Intact skin reaction
(dermal irritancy)*
Item
Animal
Number:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total :
Average :
24 hr 72 hr Total

112
Oil
213
101
123
Oil
- -
Mean

1.0
0.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
5.5
0.9
Abraded skin reaction
(cellular toxicity)*
24 hr 72 hr Total

235
123
224
213
224
112
- - -
Mean

2.5
1.5
2.0
1.5
2.0
1*0
10.5
1.8
*Dermal irritation rating for intact skin = 5.5*6 =0.9.  In this
 example, tho material is a nonirritant.

"""Primary irritation rating for abraded skin = 10.5f6 - 1.8.  In
 this example, the material is a mild cellular toxin.
                                 38

-------
              Table 3.   INTERPRETATION OF SKIN TEST RATINGS
         Rating
                            Interpretation
Intact skin   Abraded skin
  0 - 0.9
  1 - 1.9
  2-4
                  0 - 0.9
                  1 - 1.9
                  2-4
              Nonirritant;  probably safe for contact with
              intact human  skin.

              Mild irritant;  may be safe for use,  but
              appropriate protective measures are
              recommended during contact.

              Too irritating  for human skin; avoid contact,

              Nontoxic to cellular components of abraded
              skin; probably  safe for human skin contact.

              Mild cellular toxins; may be safe for
              abraded skin  contact, provided that
              protective measures are employed.

              Cellular toxins too irritating for abraded
              skin contact; avoidance of contact is
              advised.
                             Mixed reactions
  0 - 0.9
0

1
0.9

1.9
  1 - 1.9
  2-4
                  2-4
1 - 1.9
                  2-4
2-4
Safe for human skin contact.

Safe for contact with intact human skin;
may be safe for abraded skin contact when
protection is maintained.

Safe for intact human skin; contact with
abraded skin should be avoided.

May be safe for contact with intact and
abraded skin when protection is maintained.

May be safe for contact with intact human
skin when protection is maintained, but
contact with abraded skin is to be avoided.

Unsafe for contact with intact and abraded
human skin; avoid contact.
                                    39

-------
                                   Severity rating*
     Material
      tested
                            Intact skin
                            (i rritancy)
   Abraded skin
(cellular toxicity)
      Interpretation'1'
onized  water
icgative control)

icial  acetic acid
•thanoic)  acid
'ositive control)

assium  chloropalladite,
.PdCl,
assium  chloropalladate,
,[PdCl6]


ladium  chloride,
1C12


ylpal ladium chloride
mer,  (C3H5PdCl)2

hlorodiamiue  palladium
MTrans,  Pd(NH3)2.Cl2

Ionium chloropalladite,
IH4)2PdCl4

onium chloropalladate,
H4)2PdCl6

ladium  monoxide,  PdO

tinum  (II)  dichloride,
C12

tinum  (IV)tetrachloride,
C14

tinum  (IV)dioxide,
 02

d chloride,
 C12

d monoxide
 lylcyclopentadienyl
 iganese tricarbonyl  (MMT)
                               2.6

                                0
                               (0)
                                0
                               (0)


                                0
                              (0.1)
                               0.8

                                0
                               (0)

                               1.5
                              (3.1)

                               2.8
                                0

                               0.2


                               1.8
                              (2.7)


                                0
                                0

                               0.1
                                                  0
        3.2

        1.6
       (1.9)
        1.6
        (2)


        0.6
        d)
        1.8

        0.2
       (0.5)

        2.5
       (3.7)

        3.2
         0

        0.6


        2.6
       (3.8)
        0.1

        0.8
                    Safe for human skin contact.
Unsafe for human skin contact,

Safe for intact human skin;
may be safe for abraded skin
when protection is maintained.

Safe for intact human skin;
abraded skin contact should
be avoided.

Safe for intact human skin;
may be safe for abraded skin
when protection is maintained.


Unsafe for human skin contact.

Safe for human skin contact.


Unsafe for human skin contact.


Unsafe for human skin contact.


Safe for human skin contact.

Safe for human skin contact.


Unsafe for human skin contact.
Safe for human skin contact.


Safe for human skin contact.


Safe for human skin contact.

Safe for human skin contact.
  *ing in parentheses indicates the most severe test result where there was more than one
*<,  those without indicate the single test rating or an average of 2 or 3 test ratings.
>ed  on the most severe or single test result.

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Course Manual:  Toxicologic Investigative Techniques.
     Occupational Health Research and Training Facility,
     Division of Occupational Health, U. S. Department of
     Health, Education, and Welfare, 1964.

2.   Johnson, G. T., V. B. Perone, K. A. Busch, T. R. Lewis,
     and W. D. Wagner.  Protocols for Toxicity Determinations:
     Unit 1, Acute Projects.  Toxicology Branch, NIOSH,
     Cincinnati, Ohio, 1973.  (Draft)

3.   Personal communication with V. B. Perone.  July, 1973.

4.   Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21, Chapter 1,
     Paragraph 191.11, in Federal Register, April 1, 1973.

-------
        DERMAL ABSORPTION OF 191PLATINUM+4 IN HC1 SOLUTION




    K. Campbell, E. George, W. Moore, W. Crocker, and F. Truman








     In conjunction with tests of dermal irritancy of platinum (Pt)




compounds, an experiment to assess transcutaneous absorption of ionic Pt




was performed.  In each of 5 rabbits, 10 pi of a solution containing




191pt+4 in o.5 M HC1 was spread over a closely clipped, 1-cm square area
of dorsal skin in the scapular region.  The nuclide dose was 8.36 pCi;




a Packard gamma scintillation spectrometer (Model 5375) was used for




counting.  Samples of blood before application and at 4, 24, 48, and 72




hr post-application, and 72 hr terminal samples of skin (incorporating




the site of application), liver, and kidney were counted.   Counts were




corrected for background and decay, expressed as counts per minute per g




of sample (except for the skin specimen, for which only total count was




pertinent), and the fraction of the original applied dose was calculated.




     Results showed that at the 72-hr terminal period, on the average,




53.41 percent of the original dose was in or on the skin at the site of




application and that very small fractions appeared in the blood or in




the tissues.  Of the sequential blood samples, the earliest (at 4 hr




post-application) contained by far the greatest fraction of the applied




dose (0.0074 percent); subsequent samples contained less than one-tenth




as much.  Among the tissues at sacrifice, the concentration of activity




in kidney was about 2.7 times that in liver and 14.3 times that in




blood.  The results are summarized in Table 1.  Data from this experiment




do not permit conclusions as to total amounts absorbed versus amounts

-------
                          Table  1.  TISSUE  LEVELS OF  19lPt ACTIVITY  FOLLOWING  DERMAL
                                 APPLICATION OF  191PLATINUM+4  IN  HCL SOLUTION
           Specimen
Counts per minute/g  Proportion of dose applied, decimal, fraction xlO~6
      (mean)                   Mean          .     Range                     Remarks
fi
      Blood:

        Pretreatment

        Post-treatment:
     *Total, based.on  entire  skin  sample.
                                                 0-0
n=5
4 hr
24 hr
48 hr
72 hr (terminal)
Skin, terminal
Liver, terminal
Kidney, terminal
92.4
1.4
6.8
2.1
594,493*
11.35
30.3
74.0
1.24
6.60
1.82
534,100
10.25
27.0
0
0
0
0
274,000
3
6
- 240
- 3.2
- 30
- 8
- 732,000
- 16
- 48
ii
ii
ti
ii
ii
n=4
n=5

-------
lost from the skin, the fractional distribution to other tissues, and




the amounts excreted; they do suggest early minor transcutancous absorption,




with distribution to blood, liver, and kidney.  There was no visible




sign of dermal irritation at the site of application.

-------
                     OCULAR IRRITATION OF TWO PALLADIUM AND
                      TWO PLATINUM COMPOUNDS IN RABBITS

                   D. Hysell, S. Neiheisel, and D.  Cmehil
     The test was performed as outlined in the Code of Federal Regulations^

 (Title 21, part 191.12, revised as of April 1, 1973). Two groups of six

albino rabbits having no known ocular abnormalities were restrained and

10.0 mg of the test material was deposited on the surface of the right

eye.  The left eye was maintained as a control.  The animals were examined

for ocular inflammation 24, 48, and 72 hr following application of the

material.

     In the case of PdO (Table 1), no reaction was noted in any of the

six rabbits.  In one animal, the test material was still present in the

conjunctival sac at the end of 72 hr, but was completely covered with a

thick mucous material.

     All six animals receiving PdCl showed a severe corrosive type

lesion of the conjunctiva with severe inflammation of the cornea and

anterior chamber of the eye (Table 1).  This was noted at 24 hr and

persisted throughout the test period.

     None of the animals receiving the platinum compounds showed any

ocular irritation.

     These results indicate that at the dosage levels used, PdCl was a

severe irritant, and PdO was not.  Neither of the platinum compounds

were irritating.
                                  45'

-------
                                 Table 1
Fraction of animals showing reactions at
specific test intervals
Compound
PdO
PdCl
PtO
PtCl
24 hr
0/6
6/6
0/6
0/6
48 hr
0/6
6/6
0/6
0/6
72 hr
0/6
6/6
0/6
0/6
REFERENCE

1.   Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21, Part 191.12, Rev.
     April 1, 1973

-------
           THE RELATIVE EFFECTS OF PLATINUM AND PALLADIUM
                6W TOJE BAT VISUAL EVOKED POTENTIAL
      3, ?. LewtewsXi, T,  WesseniJarp, W,  Moore, and J,  F,  Stara
      Th§ rst vigUPJ eypked potential is being utilized a.s a screen-
ing teefcfli^ye to determine the relative .short-term effects of
Vfl?i§U§ t9Xi£ agents on general central nervous system function.
     then ninety anesthetized rats have been exposed to metals
          platinum and palladium via intravenous injection in the
£8§t yeaff  The resulting changes in the rat visual evoked potential
have &§§n en&iyzed u§ing various methods including computer averag-
ing teehniqyes,

      Th§ rt§Ult§ hive indicated that this screening technique may
fe§ ifflpertBflt ifl assessing the significant acute effects of various
p§llut§nt§ §fl eentrsl nervous system function under these experimental
§enditi§n§,  Table 1 indicates the threshold dose of the particular
fflital thst elieited g reproducible change in the visual evoked
petentiai in at least IP percent of the rats studied.   The typical
§ff§et §b§§rv@d within the first five minutes after injection is
al§§

-------
                              TABLE 1
        Threshold Response of
            Approximately
Cation  	50%(mg/kg)
              Number Responding
                Total Tested
             Typical Effect
                  Observed
    Co
  0.010
 6/9
    Cd



    Cr


    Pd


    Mn


    Ba
  0.50



  0.70


  1.0


  2.0


  2.0
 7/13



10/15


11/20


13/18


•6/10
    Pt
<10.0
 0/6
 Increased late (180-
 500msec .^Negativity
 (3)  Entire amplitude
 decreased(3)

 Increased initial
 (40-50 msec.)  and
 late negativity

 Increased late nega-
 tivity

 Increased initial
 and  late negativity

 Increased initial
 and  late negativity

 Change in late
 portion of the
 evoked potential
 usually an in-
 creased negativity
 but  a decreased
.negativity was also
 periodically observed.

 Little effect
      Therefore, the relative short-term effect of the intravenous

administration of these metals on the rat visual evoked potential may

be ranked as follows:
                     Co > Cd, Cr, Pd > Ba, Mn > Pt
                                      48

-------
      As a result,  if a similar blood level of palladium and platinum



is assumed, it would appear that palladium has a greater effect on



general central nervous system function under the experimental condi-



tions of this particular screening technique.  It should be noted



that these observed changes may not be due to a direct effect on the



central nervous system.  Further experimentation is currently underway



to determine whether these effects are direct or due to indirect



factors which are the result of other physiological changes.  In



addition, more quantitative and less subjective methods for determin-



ing these thresholds are currently being utilized in an attempt to



more precisely determine the relative central nervous sytem toxicity



of these metals.
                                   49

-------
         A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE CARDIOVASCULAR ACTIONS OF PALLADIUM



                              M. J. Wiester








                              INTRODUCTION




     Palladium 'chloride  (PdCl2) has been shown by Orestano to be extremely




toxic rfhen given intravenously  (iv).   Rabbits rapidly injected with 0.6




n>g/kg quickly died, wi^h damage chiefly to the heart.  The nature of the



heart damage was not further defined, and there is very little other




information in the literature addressing this subject.  The purpose of




this study is to measure the effects of palladium solutions on heart



rate, ECC pattern, blood pressure, cardiac contractility (dp/dt), and



breathing for 1 hr following iv injection.






                                 METHODS




     Sprague Dawley male rats (300 +_ 50 g) were surgically prepared 1



day before use.  Surgery consisted of catherization of the abdominal




aorta with tubing (#50 P.E.) for measurement of blood pressure; tubing




(#10 P.E.) was also inserted into the femoral vein to accomodate iv



injections.  Both catheters were guided through the subcutaneous tissue



to the back region, via a puncture wound through the skin to the outside.




Six small silver electrodes, fitted with micro-strip connector pins,



were inserted under the skin and sutured. These electrodes were arranged




laterally so that four were near the limbs to record the ECG and two



were on the lateral surface of the rib cage for respiratory measurements.




Following surgery, the rats were returned to their cages and given food



and water ad libitum (Purina Lab Chow and tapwater).
                                 50

-------
     For testing, an unanesthetized animal was placed in a plastic




tubular holder for the duration of the experiment, and sensor leads were




fed to a recorder (Figure 1).  The measurement system is diagrammed in




Figure 2.  After a 30-min stabilization or control period, the Pd




solution was injected and washed in with saline. The total volume of the




dose and wash solution was 0.75 ml, and total infusion time was 1 min.




Effects of the injection were then observed for 60 min.  Control animals




were injected with 0.75 ml of saline and treated the same.



                          RESULTS AND COMMENTS




     PdCl2 exerted an immediate cardiovascular effect in the unanesthetized




rat.  The most pronounced effect was seen on the electrical integrity of




the heart.  A total of 10 animals were dosed in amounts ranging from




1.14 to 5.9 mg PdCl2Ag, and in each instance, premature ventricular



contractions (PVC) were noted within 1 min after dose initiation.  PVC's




were never seen during the 30-min control periods or in control animal




experiments (5 rats).  Doses between 1.14 to 1.75 mg/kg resulted in mild




episodes of PVC's following the injection, with no consequential fall in




blood pressure.  These arrhythmias continued for 3 to 4 min, then the




ECG stablized.  This stability was dependent, however, on the quiet




state of the animal.  If the rat moved or showed signs of distress,




PVC's reappeared.  Rats that received doses between 1.75 and 5.9 mg/kg




experienced gross alterations in the ECG pattern following injection.




If the cardiac arrhythmias were intermittent or of such a nature as to




allow adequate filling and pumping, then the animal survived (Figure 3).



The surviving animals were able to maintain sufficient blood pressure




levels during the critical 3- to 4-min period following injection.
                                51

-------
                                    F
                                    B."_
-TT-X—V;
                                           x «*
-»• \\ •-—-»«---—w—^ ^— **•
-*» >^x y^-*T»r>»—• >•!. «^J» »



 .'• AX  —
      . - v
     '"fc.^-' '-^ ,
    4      »^


    ~rr*-yv'


    -^•:-r-N
1
                                      I  ^'"    "-^
                                        .11:       :«.
FIGURE 1.  PLASTIC RAT HOLDER.    HOLDER WITH RAT AND POLYGRAPH LEADS
                             52

-------
Pressure
Transducer
Differentiator
  dp/dt
                     J
Impedance
Pneumograph
\
i
ECG
Preamplifier
>
r
                             RECORDER
     Figure 2.  Block diagram of recording system.

     The pressure transducer is for measurement of arterial blood
pressure and is calibrated with a Hg manometer (Miller Instrument).

     The differentiator records maximum rate of change of aortic
pressure (time contant of 1 msc) calibrated with an osc'iloscope.

     The Impedance pneumograph monotirs rate and relative depth
of respiration (Narco Bio-Systems).

     The ECG preamplifier (Grass) Lead 2 was recorded.

               Polygraph: (Grass 7C)
                                 53

-------
:.;:X'V/w/v/v
                                       ' '.""'''"'1
  '<^^.^^^I^^J^^^^^
	,-•'/-i/" yw i/- \f* i/~ •/- iy~ •/" v~* v^ v~ "
                        |w.M»wV,4»<
      PfRlOD


                 SCO
''WWwVwWl^vV^w^vHV
                                                                                                1'      *       *'   "y
                                                                                              C to HIM /irreR
                                                                                                               EC»-
                                                      B. feQ &eco>JDi
                                                                             •
Fig. 3 Rat £4      A. Polygraph  recording 25 minutes Into the control  period.  Aortic blood pressure 1s 165/125.
Electronic differentation of the blood pressure signal  1s displayed as dp/dt.  The upward deflection shows maximum rate
ofpressure development, which for this pressure pulse fs 3,000 mmHg/sec.  dp/dt reflects the contractile state of cardli'
muscle.   The  respiration record  shows the rate and relative depth of breathing.  The ECG 1s derived from lead 2.   For
this lead a prominant P wave and R wave can be defined.  The Q, S, and T  waves are somewhat less  specific.  However, th
pattern  is dependable and remains unchanged throughout  control periods.  Heart Rate • 460 beats/min.
B.  This section shows the measurements Immediately following the I.V. Injection of 2.04 mg/kg  PdCl2.  Gross abnormalft
can be seen in the ECG.  PVC's are not frequent enough  to cause a detrimental fall 1n blood pressure.  Breathing  was no
altered. Similar irregularities continued for approximately 3 minutes.  The animal survived.

C.  One  hour  following the Injection blood pressure had increased to 185/140 mmHg, dp/dt • 3660 mmHg/$ec., the ECG show
no groc" abnormalities, heart rate a 408 beats/min. and /• -Bathing was  unchanged.

-------
     The surviving rats also reestablished a stable ECG during the 1-hr




observation period, and like the low-dose animals, they were susceptible




to arrhythmias if they became agitated.  Rats that succumbed after




receiving PdCl2 intravenously suffered gross alterations in the ECG




accompanied by a" precipitous fall in blood pressure. After the aortic




pressu.-e fell, breathing became erratic and the ECG continued to deteriorate




(Figure 4).  Death usually occurred within 4 min after injection.




Additional ECG abnormalities (other than PVC's), that were seen after




injection of PdCl2 were extra p waves, large S waves, and various degrees




of A-V block.




     Rats surviving a PdCl2 injection developed elevated blood pressures




that persisted throughout the 1-hr observation period. Systolic pressure




increased 20 to 50 mm Hg, and diastolic pressure increased 10 to 20.




Heart rates correspondingly decreased, and dp/dt changed very little.




     Intravenous PdCl2 appeared to have no initial effect on respiration.




Changes in breathing were seen; however, the changes followed gross




cardiac arrhythmias and falling blood pressures.  If the rat reestablished




a steady and productive heartbeat, and thus survived the injection,




breathing returned to control values and remained stable.




     Palladium sulfate (PdSO^) when given to rats was found to cause




cardiovascular and respiratory effects similar to PdC^.  It came to our




attention while examining effects of PdS04 solutions that on aging,




solutions became less toxic.  To combat this problem, a PdS04 injection




solution was prepared at a pH of 0.5 and analyzed by a atomic absorption




throughout the period of use.  Since this was not suspected while testing




PdCl4, there is some question as to the accuracy of the injected PdCl4




 dose.
                                   55

-------
                 A
     A. COKTROU
                                  fr,., >«»»«£
                                 i •
                                         •cc.
                                                             r'"
                                                                 6l6»o  fdtilUlE

                                                      AM ^Wj*/^WWM***
                                                      HI 11] 11| MM!,'H|:i!jj!! ,'J Imi J ,i.>	i     J
                                                      fttfrfffff'fffff(ff(ffttfffnrrfffffff^f>—r~
                                                                        DOSf
                                                                                         L-rr
                                                                                    \ \
,g.  4   Rat 17    A.  Recordir.g  30  minutes into control period  -  blood pressure • 125/90 mmHg.   dp/dt • 3,200 mmHg/sec.
;art rate » 450 beats/min., ECG  normal  pattern.  Breathing frequency « 132/mln. - Irregular pattern due to animal movement

.  .Recording showing gross abnormalities 1n the ECG, declining  blood pressure and death of the  animal Immediately
blowing I.V. Injection of 2.75  mg/kg PdCl2.

-------
           was administered in doses ranging between 0.5-2 mg Pd++/kg bw.

ECG changes, like those described with PdCl2, were observed during the

injection period.  Initial interruption of the cardiac cycle occurred at

0.5 mg Pd++/kg bw.  Animals showed deleterious changes resulting in

significant decreases in blood pressure by the time 0.9 mg/kg had been

injected. Eleven of 13 rats died during the hour following the dose.

One, which received 0.5 mg/kg, experienced only rhythmic irregularities

following injection with no sustaining symptoms.  The other survivor

(1 mg/kg bw) recovered from the cardiac irregularities; however, its

systolic blood pressure increased 80 mmHg and diastolic 40 mmHg and

persisted throughout the recovery period.

     Results from the preliminary experiments described above indicate

that PdCl2, or PdSO/j, when injected iv, acts as a nonspecific cardiac

muscle irritant as well as a peripheral vasoconstrictor.  Since the

chloride salt strongly dissociates in solution (PdCl2 < Pd*+ + 2 Cl~),

the Pd ion itself may be the irritant.  Effects seen might be due to the

release of catecho1amines or to stimulation of adrenergic receptors

located in the cardiovascular system by the metal ion.



REFERENCE

1.   Orestano, G.  The Pharmacologic Actions of Palladium
     Chloride.  Boll. Soc. Ital. Biol. Sper. 8:  1154-1156,
     1933.
                                 57

-------
AUTOMOTIVE EMISSION STUDIES WITH AND WITHOUT CATALYTIC CONVERTERS
                         58

-------
                 AUTO EXHAUST FACILITY MODIFICATION




                   R. G. Hinners and J. K. Burkart






                              INTRODUCTION




     The auto exhaust generating system has recently been modified at




the Environmental Toxicology Research Laboratory.  This paper updates


               1 2
several others  '  describing the earlier facilities for the production



of irradiated and nonirradiated gasoline engine exhaust-air mixtures.




In addition, this study is intended as a reference for biologically




oriented papers discussing the health effects of auto exhaust.



     The toxicity assessment of mobile emissions (TAME) project represents




a series of acute and subacute bio-effect studies that test experimental




animals exposed to whole automobile-exhaust emissions with fuel additives




and/or with or without a catalytic converter.  Briefly, the exhaust




gases are generated by an engine-dynamometer unit and mixed with clean,




conditioned air in a dilution system to produce the desired concentration.



The exhaust-gas mixture is divided, with one part flowing directly to




animal exposure chambers, and the remainder flowing through irradiation



chambers to other animal chambers.  The recent changes that have been



made in the system include an air-dilution tube for the immediate mixing



of the entire raw exhaust emissions with conditioned air, and a large




mixing chamber after the dilution tube.  This discussion also provides




information on air supply, engine cycle, fuel supply, and other minor




changes that have been made.
                                    59

-------
Dilution Tube




     The effluent from the engine exhaust system is passed into an air




dilution tube through flexible stainless steel tubing connected to the




muffler.  The dilution tube is 58.4 cm (23 in) in diameter and made from




10 gauge stainless steel plate, rolled and welded. Dilution air enters




the tube through a 90° elbow from a remote supply source.  Located




between the flanges of these two tube sections is a mixing baffle plate




with a 18.4 cm  (7 1/4-in) diameter hole bored in the center.  The incoming




dilution air is forced under pressure through this hole to mix with the




raw exhaust.  The tailpipe exhaust inlet elbow enters 90° to the tube




axis and is bent 90° again, so that the flow axis of the exhaust outlet




coincides with the center line axis of the dilution tube. The exit end




of the 5.08 cm  (2-in) diameter stainless steel exhaust elbow is in the




same plane as the baffle.  Located on top of and outside the dilution




tube, at the baffle plate, are two quick-disconnect couplings.  One




allows the end of the flexible 5.08 cm (2-in) I.D. exhaust pipe from the




muffler to connect with the dilution tube, and the other connects to the




outside atmosphere. A blank plug is installed in the disconnecting




coupling to the dilution tube when the exhaust is vented outdoors.




System back pressure at this point is 10.16 cm (4-in) water.  This




feature provides the capability of varying the modes of engine operation




for aerometry and allows interruption of animal exposures.




     By operating a damper in the air supply line, the dilution ratio




can be controlled.  To retain the particulate matter in suspension and




prevent condensation, it is necessary to dilute the whole exhaust with
                                   60

-------
at least 8 parts of air to 1 part of exhaust.  For each pound of fuel




burned, approximately a pound of water is formed, and some condensation




occurs if the exhaust is not immediately diluted with dry air.  Also to



prevent condensation, the outside of the dilution tube is insulated,




since engine room temperature often exceeds 90F, and dilution air temperature




averages 50F and 67 percent relative humidity. The main portion of the




dilution tube consists of two 2.14 m (7-ft) long flanged sections; the




tube is then reduced through a transition to a 15.24 cm (6-in) diameter




and enters the mixing chamber.






Mixing Chamber




     The diluted auto exhaust enters the mixing chamber, formerly used




as an irradiation chamber, through a 15.24 cm (6-in) diameter stainless




steel pipe opening in the side wall.  An e^bow discharges the exhaust in




front of and parallel with a tube-axial fan, controlled at a low rpm by




a Zero Max unit, to mix the entering auto exhaust with the chamber




atmosphere.



     The chamber is 7.17 m (23 1/2 ft) long, 1.22 m (4 ft) wide, and




2.44 m (8 ft) high, with a volume of 19.34 m3 (683 ft3).  The sides



consist of a framework of aluminum structural members holding metal




panels to replace the plastic windows.  The aluminum sheet metal panels




are clamped and sealed by means of pressure screws and gasketed channels.




Previous studies with a reference fuel, to which had been added methylcyclo-




pentadienyl  manganese tricarbonyl (MMT) as an antiknock additive, required




darkness because of the light sensitivity of the MMT.   The top, bottom,




and ends of the chamber are formed of .64 cm (1/4-in)  thick aluminum



plate welded on both sides at all seams to prevent leakage.
                                    61

-------
     At the end of the chamber opposite the entry port is a




15.24 cm  (6-in) diameter line with a motorized damper control




vented to the atmosphere.  Another 15.24 cm (6-in) diameter




outlet pipe from the chamber supplies the exhaust either to




irradiation chambers or to raw-exhaust animal exposure chambers.




A pressure sensor, which is adjustable and located downstream of the




chamber exit line, controls the motorized damper in the vent line to




maintain 5.08 cm (2-in) of positive water pressure in the chamber.






Irradiation Chambers



     The photochemical reactions that result from the exposure of the




diluted^raw^exhaust to artificial sunlight take place in five irradiation




chambers.  Fluorescent lighting panels composed of blue lamps, black




lamps, and sun lamps outside the chamber pass intense ultraviolet radiation




through windows of Teflon FEP fluorcarbon film.  One irradiation chamber




is needed to provide the atmosphere for each animal exposure chamber.




Normal flow through the irradiation chambers is .31 m /min (11 cfm),




which results in 15 air changes per hour in the animal exposure chambers.




In some instances, however, the flow has been reduced by one-half the




normal, which, of course, doubles the irradiation time.  One of the




original irradiation chambers used in previous exhaust studies has been




converted into a mixing chamber, which is described separately.




     At a volume of 19.34 m3 (683 ft3) and .31 m3/min (11 cfm) flow, 43




min is needed to achieve 50 percent of inlet concentration when "building




up11 from zero.  Approximately five times 43 min (3 1/2 hr) are needed to




reach equilibrium at the inlet concentration; decay time is also 3 1/2 hr.
                                      62

-------
Air Supply




     The air purifier unit provides, at maximum,  15.6 m /min (550 cfm)




of chemical, biologically, and radiologically (CBR) filtered and conditioned




air.  Inside building air is passed through a cooling coil to lower the




temperature to 40P" (saturated at coil outlet); there is no reheating or




humidification. Therefore, if the relative humidity of the outside air




drops below 36 grains of moisture per pound of dry air, the relative




humidity in the final exposure chamber will also vary.  Usually there is




no problem maintaining constant relative humidity, but occasionally on




very dry days, there is a change.



     The humidifier is turned off because of the constant need for cool




dry air to mix with hot, wet raw exhaust.  Exposure chambers on control




air are supplied from a separate CBR filtered source, with controls set




to maintain 72 *_ 2F and 55 +_ 5 percent humidity in the animal chambers.




The same air is also ducted to the air filter inlet of the engine being




used for the study, since a change in humidity affects the N0xemissions




from the engine.






Engine Cycle



     The dynamometer driving schedule for the Chevrolet engines consists




of a repetitive series of idle, acceleration, cruise, and deceleration




modes of fixed time sequences and rates. Table 1 shows the modified




California cycle used in the fuel emission studies.
                                63

-------
         Table 1.   MODIFIF.D CALIFORNIA CYCLE USED IN THE FUEL
                                 EMISSION STUDIES
Mode
Idle
Acceleration
Cruise
Deceleration
Cruise
Acceleration
Peak
Deceleration
Total
Speed, mph
0
,0 to 30
30
30 to 15
15
15 to 49
49 to 50
50 to 0

Km/hr
0
0 to 48.27
48.27
48.27 to 24.14
24.14
24.14 to 78.84
78.84 to 80.45
80.45 to 0

Time, seconds
20
14
'15
11
15
29
1.5
31.5
137 sec.
     Replacement of the California cycle with the LA-4 cycle controller

was considered at one time.  However, after consultation with other

experts in the field, a decision was made to continue with the California

cycle because the exhaust is being further diluted to prescribed levels

and both cycles are very similar, since they reflect transient as well

as cruise operation.  The key to this research is comparative toxicity,

and either cycle is satisfactory to achieve this goal.  A simple, repetitive

cycle that is easily controlled over long periods of time (weeks) is of

prime importance to toxicologic investigations.


Fue 1 Se1ect ion

     The gasoline selected for use in the Chevrolet engines as a standard

reference, baseline fuel for evaluation of engine, fuel, and additive

variables was the American Oil Company's, Unleaded 91 Octane Test Fuel,

Intermediate Grade Indolene Clear. For reference, it was important that


                                  64

-------
the fuel be of precise and reproducible composition and character, free

of lead and other additives (except as specifically noted), and similar

to high-volume, regular market gasoline.  This gasoline has been used

for such purposes in research and development by industry and other

agencies.  The lubrication oil selected was Texaco Havoline SOW, API

service specification SE.  Table II represents a comparison and product

analysis of the two gasoline deliveries used for exhaust emission studies

during 1973.
   Table 2.   COMPARISON AND ANALYSIS OF THE TWO GASOLINE DELIVERIES
                    USED FOR EXHAUST EMISSION STUDIES IN 1973*
Property
.Date delivered
Quantity, gal
Octane No . , research
Octane No., motor
Lead Atm. Abs., g/gal
Phosphorus , g/gal .
Sulfur, wt. %
Aromatics, vol %
Olefins, vol %
Gum, existent, mg/100 cc
Gravity, OAPI
Oxidation stability, min.
Reid vapor pressure, Ibs.
Shipment
•1
3/30/73
2,000
91.4
82.9
0.01
0.002
0.04
25.4
11.8
0.8
61.4
600+
9.1
No.
2
10/29/73
1,500
91.3
82.. 5
0.01
0.00
0.04 '
23.5
9.9
1.0
61.5
600+
9.0
   *Shipment No. 1 was used for studies G, H, I, and J.
    Shipment No. 2 was used for study K with Thiophene added
    to produce 0.10 percent by weight sulfur.
                                    65

-------
Fuel Storage and Mandljjig






     Local fire and safety regulations require flammable liquids to be




stored outside the building, so two underground fuel storage tanks were




installed on the property near a blacktop driveway. To promote chemical




stability of the fuel during storage, the tanks are maintained under




slight positive pressure, with nitrogen supplied from cylinders and




controlled by a pressure regulator. A double-acting pressure- and vacuum-




relief valve on the vent outlet compensates for changes that result from




fuel being pumped out or temperature increasing, which would alter the




pressure of the nitrogen gas cover.  Each tank is of 7571 1 (2,000-gal)




capacity and equipped with an electric fuel pump rated at 56.8 1 (15gal)




 per min.




     Outside the building wall and next to the engine room is a  68.1 1




(18-gal) marine fuel tank sitting on a weight scale and connected to a




remote electric fuel gauge located in the instrument panel.  Transportation




of the test fuel from the main underground storage supply to the 1 day




supply tank is effected by a mobile safety dispenser cart made especially




for transporting flammable liquids.  The 227 1 (60-gal) capacity cart




carries the Underwriters Laboratories1 approval as a portable flammable




liquid tank and is equipped with transfer pump and grounding reel.  The




cart also has a drain, and removing the pump gives access to a 10.2 cm




(4-in) handhole for reaching and cleaning the tank interior between fuel




changes.  Similarly, the 68.1 1 (18-gal) marine tank can easily be




inverted for cleaning when required.
                                    66

-------
     An alteration in the composition of the reference fuel for a study

is made by the addition of the required amount of chemical to a full

cart batch.  Thus studies requiring the testing of fuel additives such

as MMT or thiophcnc to increase the sulfur content can be conducted by

mixing only the amount of fuel necessary.
REFERENCES

1.   Hinners, R. G.  Laboratory Produced Automobile Exhaust
     Facility.  Biomed. Sci. Instrum. J_:  53, 1963.

2.   Hinners, R. G., J. K. Burkart, and G. L. Contner.  Animal
     Exposure Chambers in Air Pollution Studies.  Arch. Environ.
     Health. 13:  609-615, Nov. 1966.
                                      67

-------
  ENGINES AND OPERATING CONDITIONS FOR CATALYTIC EMISSION STUDIES




                   R. G. Hinners and J. K. Burkart






     During 1973, animal exposure studies were conducted in the Environmental




Toxicology Research Laboratory (ETRL), National Environmental Research




Center (NERC), Cincinnati, Ohio, to assess the relative health hazard of




automobile exhaust emitted from engines with and without catalytic




converters, using similar engine settings.  Automotive exhaust catalysts




were developed to lower exhaust emissions of the three pollutants specifically




listed in the Federal Clean Air Act of 1970:  carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons




(by oxidation), and oxides of nitrogen (by reduction).  Three possible




conditions could result in other emissions:








          1.  As the hot catalyts promote the oxidation of




          carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons in automotive




          exhaust, converting tiiom to carbon dioxide and




          water, they may simultaneously convert the organic




          sulfur compounds present in all gasoline to sulfuric




          acid mist and eventually to sulfates.




          2.  The metals used in the converter, such as




          platinum and palladium, may be emitted under




          conditions of catalyst degradation from the




          exhaust pipe in fine particles and be suspended




          in the air.




          3.  The total emissions may be altered and may




          produce different quantities or new species.
                                    68

-------
     In order to perform the assigned tasks, this laboratory recently




acquired and installed two new engines equipped with catalytic converters




from the General Motors Company and the Ford Motor Company.  The General




Motors engine (350 CID) is a 1973 production engine and has the following




controls: (1) exhaust gas recirculation, (2) an air pump, and (3) one




catalytic converter (pelletized type, noble metal oxidation catalyst).




(Catalyst by Engelhard Co.)




     The Ford engine (400 CID) is a 1975 prototype, R-6 engine with R-14




calibration and the following controls:  (1) exhaust gas recirculation,



(2) an air pump, (3) a fluidic spark delay valve, (4) various temperature




sensing triggers, and (5) catalytic converters of the monolith, noble




metal oxidation type (two converters of this type are required, one for




each bank of cylinders).  (Catalyst by Matthey-Bishop Co.)  A schematic




view of the double engine-dynamometer unit and dilution tube is presented




in Figure 1.




     During the toxicity assessment of mobile emissions (TAME) (studies




H, I, J, and K), the 1973 Chevrolet engine was operated continuously for




7 days using the California cycle.  Comprehensive data for comparison of




study-engine operating conditions is given in Table 1.




     TAME K was designed to test emissions and bioeffects of a high-




sulfur gasoline free of other undesirable substances such as lead.




Thiophene was added to produce a sulfur content of 1,000 ppm in the




control fuel, Indolene.  Sulfur compounds present in gasoline are mainly




in the form of polysulfides and thiophene compounds with an insignificant




amount of hydrogen sulfide.
                                    69

-------
            \
                1 •
                o,
               1  I    '  »
                                  \
           JlL
    "       II
1. Vibration Isolating Stand
2. 1973 Chev. V-8 350 C.I.D.
3. Turb.ohydromatic  Transmission
4. Dynamometer Absorption Unit
5. Flywheel
6. Catalytic Converter
 7. Muffler
 8. Dilution Tube
 9. Baffle  Plate
10. Dilution Air Supply
11. 1975 Ford V-8 400 C.I.D.
12. Catalytic Converters
       Figure 1. Schematic view of the double engine-dynamometer
                unit and dilution tube.

-------
                    Table 1.  COMPARISON OF STUDY-ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS
Item
Dates
Fuel
Engine
Engine hours
Study hours
Engine miles
Cumulative catalyst hours
Catalyst miles
Total fuel (Ib)
Fuel, Ib/hr
Exhaust Oxygen (%)
Air/fuel ratio
Oil consumption (qt)
Dilution ratio
Dilution air flow (average SCFM)
TAME H
9/10 - 17
Ref. only
'73 Chev.f
w/catalyst
62-230
168
4,600
244
4,880
1,533
9.10
4.9
-
1-1/8
8.0/1
318
TAME I
10/10 - 17
Ref. only
'73 Chev.,
no catalyst
255-425
170
8,500
244
4,880
1,545
9.08
N.A.
14.4 cycling
12.4 idle
1/2
9.6/1
305
TAME J
10/24 - 31
Ref. only
'73 .Chev.,
w/catalyst
444-615
171
12,300
465
9,300
1,601
9.40
4.2
-
1/4
8.7/1
310
TAME K
11/14 - 21
Ref. + sulfur
•73 Chev.,
w/catalyst
675-841
166
16,820
632
12,640
1,495
9.02
4.7
-
1/4
9.5/1
324
Dilution tube temperature
 (average *F)
106
101
114
101

-------
     Our testing procedures reported and confirmed that  the  addition of




oxidation catalysts to the automotive exhaust system causes  an  increase




in the emitted particulate material  (consisting mainly of hydratcd




sulfuric acid droplets) as a result of the oxidation of  organic sulfur




compounds in gasoline.  Recent national averages of the  sulfur  content




are. between 210 and 260 ppm for premium-gasoline, and between 390 and




44.0: ppm_ for .regular gasoline.  .The Indo>lene. motor, fuel used  at  the  I5TRI




fapility had a sulfur content of  0.04 percent by weight, or  440..ppm.
                                      72

-------
       DESIGN AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE FOR STUDIES OF CATALYTIC EMISSIONS


                           J. Burkart and R. Hinners



     The engine used in these studies was a 1973 Chevrolet 350 C.I.D.


production model with EGR, air pump and turbo hydromatic transmission


coupled to an "eddy current" absorption dynamometer.  The beaded noble


metal oxidation catalyst HN-2242 coating was by Engelhard Mineral and


Chemical Company.*  New road-load data supplied by the EPA Motor Vehicle


Emissions Lab were used; they are equivalent to an increase of inertial


weight from 1542 kg (3,400 Ib) (used on a 1972 Chevrolet) to 1814 kg


(4,000 Ib).  No attempt was made to adjust idle mixture, as in earlier


Toxicity Assessment of Mobile Emissions (TAME) studies A through G, and


carburetor limiters remained in place.  In TAME H, the engine was run

                                           •
as-received, except for setting idle speed, dwell, and timing.  Maintenance


performed before TAME I, J, and K consisted of changing the oil and


filter, installing new points, condenser,  and spark plugs, and setting


hot idle speed, dwell, and timing.  In addition, before TAME K, new


spark plug wires were installed.


     For each of the continuous 1-week TAME studies II through K, approximately


5470 km (3,400 miles) were accumulated on the California cycle.  Separate


cumulative engine miles and catalyst miles are reported, since the


catalyst was removed in TAME I, and additional steady-speed runs (without


animal exposures) were made to characterize emissions.  The dilution


ratio is determined by the ratio of average tailpipe C02 to dilute Q^.
                                     73

-------
     Because the variability of tailpipe C02 throughout the cycle is




small, the problem of obtaining a proportional sample is negligible.




Samples for CC^ detection flow at a constant 1 liter per min through a




refrigerated cooler, dessicant dryer, and paper filter to the Beckman




Infra Red Model 31S.  This instrument is calibrated for 15 percent CO,




full scale and zeroed on dilution air; however, because of the cooler,




some small CO- loss in the condensate was unavoidable.




     For all studies, a continuous trace at constant sample flow on two




Mosley (2-pen) recorders was made of tailpipe CO, dilute CO, tailpipe




THC, and tailpipe C02-  The recordings, along with spot checks of tailpipe




oxygen and dilute CO,, monitored engine and dilution system operation.




     The TAME schematic in Figure 1 shows sampling points throughout the




system, starting "ith the engine, the catalytic converter, and the




standard muffler.  The numbers will be referred to for aerometry sample




identification except when exposure chambers are sampled; the chamber




number and treatment (irradiated, nonirradiated, and clean air) are




used.




     Some average total particulate losses on a percentage basis are also




shown in Figure 1, starting with 100% at point 5 in the dilution tube which




was located 2.74m (9 ft.) from the raw exhaust inlet.  An overall loss of




39% occurs, with the largest loss (22%) happening between points 5 and




6,2.135m (7 ft) away.  The initial decrease due to the gravitational loss




of larger particles was anticipated.  The reduction in duct size from




58.42cm (23 in.) to 15.24cm (6 in.) diameter was also a factor in




particulate loss.

-------
en
    VENT
                       76%
                               64%
                       DILUTION  AIR
                78%^   (5)100%
   MIXING CHAMBER  DILUTION  TUBE
                                              IRRADIATION  CHAMBERS
                                                                                    —061%
                             --O
                          \L
                           EXPOSURE CHAMBERS
 %Average Total Particulate Existing
 E Engine
 C Catalytic Converter
 M Muffler
--O Sampling Point
 Nl Non irradiated Chamber
 I Irradiated Chamber
                             Figure 1. TAME schematic showing sampling points.

-------
     The size of the particulates sampled in the exposure chamber, given




as MMED (mass median equivalent diameter), varied between 0.13 and 0.40




micron, with an average of 0.29 micron.  The particulatc MMED in the dilution




tube averaged 1-1/2 to 2 times larger.




     The particulaitc characterization runs were made before the catalyst




studies and during a 2-mcnth study on a Mn fuel additive (CI-2) in Indolene.




For these runs a 1972 Chevrolet 350 C.I.D. was operated on the "California"




cycle and data collected at the midpoint of the study, after the system




had been conditioned.  Losses vary as the character of the aerosol




changes and a different size distribution occurs from changes in engine




speed and load.  This results in a different particulate loss distribution.




A change to high engine speed after a period of lower engine speed operation




shows an initial Targe loss of particulate,' due to the gravitational




losses of more large particles.  The same effect is noted when much cooler




dilution air is mixed with the hot exhaust.  These observations serve to




indicate the variable nature of aerosols.  After this study, during the




installation of the new engine-catalyst package, the entire system was




thoroughly cleaned.




     During  catalyst studies, the entire tailpipe volume was mixed with




the quantities of air given in Figure 2; the resulting dilution tube




temperatures are also shown.  The dilution air temperature for all




studies ranged from 48° to 55°F.  Figure 3 depicts tailpipe conditions




which include exhaust oxygen content and average catalyst temperature




measured at center line of the tailpipe 2.5 cm  [1 in] from catalyst




outlet.  At the tailpipe, the 7-day trend during the catalyst studies




(H, J, K) was oxygen decrease, C02 increase, and catalyst temperature




increase.




                                     76   .

-------
   330
u
to
   320-•
    310--
z
O
i-
13
_i
O
   300
            DR=8/1
= 9.6/1
DR=9.5/1
       012345678   012345678  012345678  012345678
           TAME H           TAME I            TAME J            TAME K
          (CATALYST)      (NO  CATALYST)      (CATALYST)       (CATALYST  W/
                                                           HIGH SULFUR FUEL)
      012345678   012345678   012345678   012345678
            DAYS             DAYS             DAYS             DAYS

       Figure 2.  Dilution  air flow  and  dilution tube temperature.
                                     77

-------
   900
<  850
u
O
   800
        CATAL'YST
                   950
900
                   850
        12345678
         TAME H
800
                 950
                                    900
                 850
    12345678
      TAME J
CATALYST
  WITH '
  HIGH
 SULFUR
  FUEL
                                                II
                                        12345678
                                          TAME K
6s- 0
£ 5
O
x 4
O
S 3
0.
=f 2
i
o
^ r\
\
-Vv_.
>w


-

-
.

i i i i i i i
6
5

4

3

2
1

n

»

DMA «^s

•

•
M

i i i i i i i
6
5

4

3

2
1

n

. ^^*V
^v^_-
^^

•

•
.


           Days
        Days
                                           Days
              Figure 3. Tailpipe conditions.
                          78

-------
     Table 1 shows the General Motors catalyst efficiency when TAME I

(without catalyst) average emissions arc used as the basis for comparison.

Note that the catalyst is more efficient in terms of CO than of HC under

the hot cycling condition.

     Some initial loss of efficiency may be due to the higher oil  consumption

during TAME H; also, by the end of that study, No.. 3 plug had fouled.



       Table 1.  GENERAL MOTORS CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY


      Item                    H        J        J        K

                          Average tailpipe concentration (ppm)*	
Carbon monoxide              49     4,739     354       340

Hydrocarbons (as methane)    84       946     169       153

                          Total percent reduction below TAME I

Carbon monoxide              99        --      93        93

Hydrocarbons (as methane)    91        —      82        84

^Calculated from dilute concentrations multipled by dilution
 ratio minus one.
                                   79

-------
     Basic specifications for the 1973 Chevrolet engine are
shown below in Table  2.
             Table 2.   Chevrolet Engine System
 Displacement
 Compression Ratio
 Carburetor Type
 Distributor
 Mech. Adv. Unit
 Vacuum Adv. Unit
 Dwell
 Initial Timing
 Maximum Vacuum Advance

Emission Control Equipment:
           1975
         350 C.I.D.
           8.5/1
Roch. 2GV 1-1/2 (07043114)
         ff 1112168
          C 4815
       C6020C46914)
             30°
            8° ETC
             I4o

       Air pump
       Rich tune (A/F  14.5/1)
       Timed port Vac.  Adv.
       EGR 11633 (LF 7040437)
     Data for exposure chamber temperature and relative humidity are
presented in Figure 4.  The temperature profiles appear favorable,
however, the relative humidity for chambers receiving exhaust were
consistently above 60 per cent relative humidity while the reverse
was true for control air chambers.
                             80

-------
  70%-80°FH
  60%-75°Fr
  50%-70°F:
                               IRRADIATED EXHAUST
                      •v    Temperature
                     Relative
                                    Humidity
              1234567      1234567
                                           1234567
                            NON- IRRADIATED EXHAUST
<60%-75°Fr-
IU
te.
  50%-70°F-
              i   I  I  I   i  I   I
              1234567
                      1234567     1234567
I 70%-80°Fr1  ,*.
  60%-75°FH
                             CLEAN CONTROL AIR
  50%-70°F.-
i   i  i  i   i  ri
1234567
       DAYS
      TAME I
i   i  r  TIII
                                    1234567     1234567
                                          DAYS                 DAYS
                                         TAME J               TAME K
    Figure 4.  Exposure chamber temperature and relative  humidity.
                                         81

-------
               EXHAUST EMISSIONS DURING STEADY SPEED RUNS WITH THE
                  CATALYTIC CONVERTER IN THE EXHAUST SYSTEM

                  M. Malanchuk, N. Barkley, G. Contner
                       M. Richards, and R. Slater


                               INTRODUCTION

     In preparation for studies on the exposure of animals to the

exhaust emissions from catalytic-equipped systems preliminary runs were

made with the 350 CID Chevrolet engine operating at constant speeds.

Information was sought that would indicate the levels of constitutents

different from those of previous runs made under different engine operating

conditions.  The data were needed particularly with reference to sulfur

compounds and acidity of the emissions.   Preparations were made to test

for sulfates, sulT-ir dioxide, sulfuric acid* and nitrate components.

Sample procedures were adapted by making those changes necessary for

quantitative results.

                          EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

     The main effort was directed toward the sampling of particulate

matter to establish the nature of the anticipated changed character of

the particulate.

     Since membrane-type filters used to collect aerosol from the

catalytic converter system deteriorated from the corrosive action of  the

sample, quartz fiber material was used and found favorable for such

samplings.  Not only did that material resist breakdown, it also did  not

cause any changes in the nature of the aqueous extraction medium (e.g.

pH) after standing as long as 20 to 30 hr.
                                     82

-------
     The sample filters were handled in two different ways.  Every


filter was weighed immediately after sampling.  Some were permitted to


stand overnight to equilibrate in the room atmosphere (70-75F, 40-60


percent relative humidity) until the weight had stabilized. Because of


the large differences in initial and final weights of many of the samples,


the initial values were used to calculate the particulate concentrations


in the sampled atmospheres since those values were considered to be more


immediately representative of the existing chamber conditions.  Other


filters, immediately after they were weighed following the sampling,


were placed in a measured volume of distilled, deionized water.  Conductance


and pH measurements were then made to determine ion concentrations--


mainly, the acidity of dissolved samples.  The aqueous extracts were


also used for analysis of particular ion radicals like the sulfate and


nitrate groups.


     Analytical procedures included the barium chloranilate method and

                                                          2
nephelometry for sulfate, the phenol-hypochlorite reaction  and ion-


specific electrode for ammonia and ammonium compounds, and the hydrazine


reaction  for nitrate.


     Bubblers containing distilled water or a weak acid solution were


used to scrub sampled atmospheres for nitrate—and for ammonium-producing


components.  A sampling train of bubblers similar to that used in stack


sampling* was arranged for separation of SO2 from SO, in atmospheres


drawn from the exhaust pipe before and after the catalytic converter and


from the animal exposure chambers.  The first bubbler in the train,


containing isopropanol, collected 803.  The succeeding two bubblers,


containing hydrogen peroxide, collected the S02 and converted it to the
                                    83

-------
sulfate form.  In some cases, the follow-up bubblers contained totrachlormcrcurjlT




instead of peroxide to trap the S02 for analysis by the West-Gacke




method.




     None of the animal exposure chambers from which the atmosphere was




sampled contained any animals.  These chambers previously were hosed




down thoroughly with hot '^ater to minimize, if not eliminate, sources of




contaminating deposits.




                                 RESULTS



     The effects of different engine speeds and of different concentrations




of sulfur in the fuel are seen in the concentration values of exhaust




emission components in Table 1.




     Values of gaseous components are listed first - carbon monoxide




(CO), total hydrocarbons as methane (THC), nitrogen oxides (NOX),  with a




breakdown into nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (N02), the aliphatic




hydrocarbons of the C^-C^ group examined, olefins of the C2~C^ group,




and acetylene. Values for particulate material are listed as total




particulate and as the sulfate and nitrate concentrations in that particulate.




     The first 5 columns of concentration values were obtained from the




operation of the engine with the base fuel, Indolene gasoline, and the




use of the catalytic converter unit in the immediate exhaust system.




The last 4 columns show the concentrations obtained when the Indolene




gas was "spiked" with an organic sulfur compound to double the concentration




of sulfur in the fuel; in one case, the catalytic converter unit was




retained in the exhaust system; in the second case, the unit was removed




before the run was started.

-------
                                            Table 1.   COMPARISON $r EXHAUST EMISSION'S, STEADY SPEED RU\S
Emissions
Exhaust Dilution Ratio
CO, ppm-
THC, ppm
NOX, ppm
NO, ppm:
N02, ppin
CD
VI
N-I
I
: N-I
I
: N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
Aliphatics, ppn>: N-I
I
Olefins,
ppm. N-I
I
Acetylene, ppm: N-I
I
Particulate, mg/m3-diluted exhaust
N-I
I
Sulfate,
Nitrate.
mg/m3-di luted exhaust
N-I
I
mg/n^-di luted exhaust
N-I
I
Regular Indolene gasoline
with catalytic converter
15 mph
7.S/1
7 '
7
9
8
20.0
19.4
14.7
13.2
5.3
6.2
0.107
0.10S
0.450
0.426
0.025
0.025
7.20
9.60
5.20
4.33
4.80
3.01
0.32
0.01
0.01
30 mph
6.2/1
8
8
9
9
28.4
31.8
21.2
21.8
7.2
10.0
0.113
0.113
0.465
0.456
0.018
0.020
20.1
22.2
17.1
6.18
5.00
3.94
-
(7.5/1)
(7)
(7)
(8)
(8)
C23.5)
(26.3)
(17.5)
(18.0)
(6.0)
(8.3)
(0.093)
(0.093)
(0.385)
(0.377)
(0.015)
(0.017)
(16.6)
(18.4)
(14.1)
(5.11)
(4.14)
(3.26)
-
50 mph
4.9/1
10
10
4
4
102.0
104.8
71.9
63.6
30.1
41.2
0.031
0.026
0.204
0.195
0.012
20.7
49.3
44.8
6.93
4.90
2.72
0.47
0.00
0.31
7.5/1)
(7)
(7)
(3)
(3)
(66.6)
(68.5)
(46.9)
(41.6)
(19.7)
(26.9)
(0.020)
(0.017)
(0.133)
(0.127)
(0.008)
(13.5)
(32.2)
(29.3)
(4.53)
(3.20)
(1.78)
(0.31)
(0.00)
(0.20)
High-sulfur Indolene
with catalytic converter without catal>tic converte
15
8.1/1
7
7
8
8
-
-
-
0.109
0.115
0.433
0.447
0.018
0.028
23.7
28.0
21.4
13.16
11.86
10.65
0.36
0.01
0.01
mph
(7.5/1)
(8)
(8)
(9)
(9)
-
-
-
(0.118)
(0.124)
(0.467)
(0.483)
(0.020)
(0.030)
(25. 6)
(30.2)
(23.1)
(14.20)
(12.80)
(11.50)
(0.39)
(0.01)
(0.01)
15
S.0/1
491
93
21.1
20.3
13.3
9.6
7.8
10.7
-
.
-
2.5
3.0
2.5
0.54
0.49
0.49
0.2S
0.04
0.17
mph
(7.5/1)
(522)
(99)
(22. S)
(21.6)
(14.2)
(10.2)
(8.3)
(H.4)
_i
.
-
(2.67)
(3.20)
(2.67)
(0.58)
(0.52)
(0 52)
(0.50)
(0.04)
(0.18)
N-I/   Non-irradiated atmosphere, exposure  chamber with
I =^-.rradiated atmosphere, exposure chamber with

-------
     The samples were mainly collected from the animal exposure chambers




receiving the diluted exhaust emissions that had been exposed to the




irradiation  lights  (I), and those chambers receiving diluted emissions




not treated  to the  irradiation effects (NI). The particulatc samples




identified as diluted exhaust were collected from the exhaust system in




the immediate range of the engine.




     To relate the  values from the higher engine speeds and the runs




with higher  gasoline sulfur to the basic 24 km/hr (15 mph) with its




7.5/1 dilution, the actual values of those runs have been adjusted to



equivalent values for a 7.5/1 dilution which are given in brackets.




     Since the data apply only to single runs at each of the five different




sets of conditions  (except the basic 24 km/hr (15 mph) with regular



Indolene fuel, wheie there were two runs for which the average values




were calculated), the information must be considered as tentative.




Duplicate runs will be made to establish reproducibility and to confirm



the results presented.




     Nevertheless,  large differences in the results between runs were




seen, which may be  acceptable for what they indicate.  The large increase




in the nitrogen oxides at the highest speed of 80 km/hr (50 mph) was to




be expected  (see columns 1-5 of Table 1). There was a concomitant decrease




in hydrocarbons.  Particulatc levels beyond the converter increased with




increasing engine speed.  Apparently, particulate sulfate concentrations




remained the same at different speeds; however, they seem to make up




most of the solute  of the particulate.  Nitrate was present at much




lower concentrations.
                                      86

-------
     With the high sulfur (2 x) Indolcnc gas as fuel, the carbon monoxide
and hydrocarbons (total and individual) levels remained the same (columns
6 and 7).  The big difference was seen in the total particulate and
sulfate contents (about three to four times as much as for the regular
Indolene gas).
     The engine operating with the high-sulfur fuel but without the
catalytic converter had, as expected, much higher levels of carbon
monoxide and hydrocarbons.  The nitrogen oxide levels were at similar
concentrations as those for the 24 km/hr (15 mph) with regular Indolene
fuel.  The particulate levels (columns 8 and 9) were only about one-
tenth of those for the catalytic converter (columns 6 and 7).  Sulfate
in the particulate was almost negligible by comparison.
     Acidity measurements of the particulate from the catalytic-equipped
systems were without exception, high enough to allow for all the sulfate
to be considered present as sulfuric acid. That is to say that the
hydrogen ion concentration as (2H+), measured with a pH meter, was
greater than the sulfate  (804") concentration--sometimes by a factor of
three.  Such high acidity was found unaccountable on the basis of the
anionic components measured and the total particulate determined; additional
study is needed to resolve the phenomenon.  An indication of relative
acidity levels with different operating conditions is shown in Table 2.
The particulate (columns 8 and 9 of Table 1) in the system without a
catalytic converter was, on the other hand, almost completely neutral as
measured by a pH meter on its aqueous extract.
     Measurements of sulfur components (SOX) in the undiluted exhaust
before and after the catalytic converter showed a 50- to 90-percent
decrease of sulfur.  That is to say, there was a considerable hold-up of
sulfate in the catalyst bed itself.
                                     87

-------
             Table 2.   RELATIVE ACIDITY LEVELS OF EXHAUST EMISSION PARTICIPATE AT 24 km/hr (15 mph)


                                 No catalytic converter       With catalytic converter	
          Operating Condition    high-sulfur Indolene fuel    regular Indolene     high-sulfur Indolene

          Relative acidity
          of particulate                      1                      65                      260


          Total particulate
          @ 7.5/1 dilution
          mg/m3                             2.7                     7.2                     25.6
00
00

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Kufta, R.  J.  Stationary Source Testing.  Apollo Chemical
     Corp., Clifton, N. J., September 1, 1972, pp. 39-51.

2.   Weatherburn, M. W.  Phenol-Hypochlorite Reaction for
     Determination--of Ammonia.  Analyt. Chem. 39:   971,
     July, 1967.

3.   Hauser, T. R.  Method for Analysis for Nitrate by Hydrazine
     Reduction.  Water Research. ^:  1816, 1956.

4.   West, P. W., and G. C. Gaeke.  Fixation of Sulfur Dioxide
     as Disulfitomcrcurate (11), Subsequent Colorimetric Estimation,
     Analyt. Chem. 28:  1816, 1956.
                                      89

-------
              .Q
                  EFFECT OF CATALYST AND OP FUEL SULFUR CONTENT
                         UPON AUTO EXHAUST EMISSIONS

               M. Malanchuk, N. Barkley, G. Contner, M. Richards
                      R. Slater, J. Burkart, and Y. Yang
                              INTRODUCTION

     Some early studies in the automobile industry have indicated that

oxidation-typo catalysts in auto exhaust systems generated high levels

of sulfuric acid aerosol, as much as 0.1 g of the acid per vehicle mile.

It was hypothesized that the engine combustion process converted organic

sulfur compounds in the gasoline into sulfur dioxide, and that the

dioxide was oxidized by the catalyst to sulfur trioxide, which reacted

with water vapcr in the exhaust to produce sulfuric acid droplets.

     Therefore, cycling speed-runs (as oppo'sed to constant-engine speed-

runs) were used for the animal exposure studies, since they more nearly

simulate automobile operation i^ the streets.  Measurements of exhaust-

emission components were made to determine the levels to which the

animals in the studies were exposed.  The effective changes in exhaust

composition were determined when the catalytic converter unit was added

to the exhaust system, and when high-sulfur fuel (0.10 percent sulfur)

was substituted for the reference Indolene gasoline (0.05 percent S).

     Emission components present in relatively high concentrations were

monitored in much the same way as in previous runs.
                                     90

-------
                   SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES




     The instrumentation and methods used for key components of exhaust




emissions are summarized in Table 1.  Atomic absorption spectrophotometry




was used for trace..metal determinations in particulate.




     Particulate samples were collected on pure quartz fiber filters




after early membrane filters deteriorated from exposure to the high




reactivity of the collected sample of catalyst-treated emissions.




     Bubbler and impinger samples of the atmospheres were used for




collecting ammonia- and sulfur-based gases.






                                 RESULTS




     Table 2 lists the concentrations of various engine exhaust components




measured during the series of studies of th'e catalytic converter system.




Individual hydrocarbons measured by gas chromatography are shown in



Table 3; the aromatic compounds were not measured after it was discovered




that those concentrations were so low in the atmosphere of the catalyst-



equipped system as to be near or below detection level.




     Toxicity Assessment of Mobile Emissions (TAME)  studies J and H,




were run under the same engine operating conditions; i.e. they were




duplicate runs.  However, reference to the data of Table 1 shows considerable




differences in values between the two runs. When TAME H was performed,




the engine was probably not fully broken in, and the catalyst was quite




new; the piping system for conducting the emissions to the exposure




chambers probably had not yet attained equilibrium conditions of surface




exposure characteristics (mainly deposition of particulate and adsorption




of organic vapors) for the new engine system.  TAME J, run at a later
                                    91

-------
         Table  1.   AEROM1-TRIC CHARACTERIZATION OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS
Pollutant component    Analytic method       Automatic  Manual  Where determined

Carbon monoxide  (CO)   Nondispersive             X              EPM,* EC+
                         infra-red spec-
                         troscopy

Total hydrocarbons     Flame  ionization          X              EPM, EC
  (THC),  as CH4           spectroscopy

Nitrogen oxides  (NOX   Chemi luminescence         X        X     EPM, EC
  includes NO and N02)    spcctrophotometry;
                         colorimetry using
                         Saltzman reagent

Cj to GS hydrocarbons  Gas  chromatography                 X     EC
  (several compounds)
Cg to CIQ  aromatic      Gas  chromatography                 X     EC
 hydrocarbons  (several
 compounds)

Aldehydes, total        MBTH according  to                  X     EC
                        Hauser

Particulates,  total     Filtration  gravimetry              X     EC
 mass

Part icul ate  size        Stage impact ion                   X     EC
 distribution:           (Anderson)
 aerodynamic

Photonomeric           Photoclectronic                   X     EC
                         (Royco)

Particulate             Infra-red and                      X     EC
 composition           ultraviolet
                        spectrophotometry

Ozone, oxidant          Chemi luminescence         X              EC
                        spectrophotometry


*Exhaust or priirary exhaust:   air mixture.
+Exposure  chamber.
                                        92

-------
                Table 2.  ONGINC EXHAUST EMISSION VALUES FOR
                      CATALYTIC CONVERTER SYSTEM STUDY


Exhaust Dilution Ratio
CO, ppm:
THC, ppm:
NOX, ppm:
NO, ppm:
N02» ppm:
Aldehydes, ppm:
Methane, ppm:
Aliphatics:
ppm C4-Cs
Olefins:
ppm C2-C^
Acetylene, ppm:
Ozone, ppm:
Particulate, mg/m^
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
Diluted
N-I
I
TAME H
8/1
7
8
12
13
11.0
11.0
8.5
8.0
2.5
3.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
Exh.
2.85
2.13
TAME I
9.6/1
551
559
110
95
11.9
5.1
6.7
0.5
5.2
4.6
10.20
14.62

1.30
1.32
13.24
9.23
3.28
3.06
0.0
0.4
1.09
0.77
3.59
TAME J
8.7/1
46
41
22
22
12.9
12.6
11.1
9.6
1.8
3.0
0.08
0.10

0.61
0.58
0.89
0.79
0.03
0.03
-
1.10
1.08
1.23
TAME K
9.5/1
40
38
18
18
12.6
11.2
10.8
9.7
1.8
1.5
0.18
0.11
6.53
6.13
0.44
0.39
0.91
0.82
0.04
0.04
-
8.10
9.30
8.75
N-I = Nonirradiated atmosphere, exposure chamber with.
I = Irradiated.
                                        93

-------
        Table 3.  GAS CHKQMATOGRAPHIC MEASUREMCNTS OI: HYDROCARBONS, ppm
Component
n-Butane
i-Butane
n-Pentanc
i-Pentanc
Acetylene
Ethyl ene
Propylcne
Butane- 1
Isobutylene
1, 3-Butadiene
Methane
TAME
N-I
0.
0..
0.
0.
3.
6.
1.
0.
0.
0.

61
08
20
41
28.
85
81
26
63
41

0.
0.
0.
0.
3.
5.
0.
0.
0.
C.

I
I
61
08
25
40
06
10
71
08
20
08

TAME J
N-I I
0.30
0.05
0.09
0.17
0.03
0.82
0.04
Bid
Bid
Bid

0.29
0.05
0.09
0.15
0.03
0.72
0.04
Bid
Bid
Bid

TAME K
N-I I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0



6
.21
.03
.05
.15
.04
.81
.06
-
-
-
.53
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.



6.
18
03
05
13
04
74
04
-
-
-
13
Bid = Below level of detection.
N-I = Nonirradiated atmosphere, exposure chamber with.
I = Irradiated.
                                        94

-------
date, when a more stable system should have been established, was




considered to have more accurate atmospheric component values than TAME H.




  Therefore, the concentration values from TAME J were compared to those




from TAME I to evaluate the effect of the catalytic converter on the




makeup of the auto exhaust emissions reaching the animal exposure chambers.




That comparison is emphasized by the large percentage reduction values




of several atmospheric components, which resulted from the use of the




platinum- and palladium-coated, pelleted catalyst (Table 4), and by the




greatly reduced concentrations of individual hydrocarbons (Table 3).



     Since the dilution of the raw exhaust with clean air was not as




great in TAME J (8.7/1) as in TAME I (9.6/1), the reduction values




listed in the third column of Table 4 were adjusted by a factor appropriate




to the differences in dilution values (about 10 percent of the TAME J




values) to obtain the more accurate "normalized" values listed in the




fourth column.




     A barely detectible concentration of platinum (0.029 yg/m3) was




indicated in the diluted emissions of the animal exposure chamber.  This




result was, of course, for a system using a catalytic converter unit



that was quite new and that was shown to be adsorbing a large proportion




of the sulfur gases in the exhaust gases.




     On the basis of an average flow of 1 m^/min of raw exhaust produced




at a calculated average speed of 35 km/hr (22 mph) on the engine dynamometer,




it was estimated that the 0.029 yg Pt/m  represented a loss of nearly




0.37 vg Pt/km.
                                  95

-------
            Table  4.   COMPARISON OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS, TAME-I AND  -J

Exhaust Dilution Ratio
CO, ppm:

THC, ppm:

NOX, ppm:

NO, ppm:

N02, ppm:

Aldehydes, ppm:

Aliphatics, ppm:
C4-C5

Olefins, ppm:
^2~^4

Acetylene, ppm:

Ozone, ppm:

Particulatc, mg/m3
DJ1




N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I

N-I
I

N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I

•il. r:>
N-I
1
TAME -I
9.6/1
551
559
110
95
11.9
5.1
6.7
0.5
5.2
4.6
10.20
14.62

1.30
1.32

13.24
9.23
3.28
3.06
0.0
0.4

ch . 1 . 09
0.77
3.59
% Concentration
reduction
TAME-J I -> J
8.7/1
46 91.7
41 92.7
22 80.0
22 76.9
12.9
12.6
11.1
9.6
1.8
3.0
0.08 99.9
0.10 99.9

0.61 53.1
0.58 56.1

0.89 93.3
0.79 91.4
0.03 99.1
0.03 99.0



1 .10
] .08
1 .21
Normalized
% reduction
value

92.4
93.3
81.9
79.0






99.9
99.9

57.7
60.0

93.9
92.2
99.2
99.1






N-I = Nonirratintcd atmosphere, c.\po:.inr cli;i:iil>t-7  v. i t h .
I =  Irradiated.
                                        96

-------
     If it is estimated that there is 0.04 troy ounce of the noble metal
in the catalytic unit (1.244 g),  then 0.3 x 10~* percent of the platinum
was lost per kilometer (.62 mile). Such a loss over 80,000 km (50,000
miles) of operation would mean a total loss of 2.5 percent of the
platinum originally present.
                               CONCLUSIONS
     The incorporation of the oxidation-type catalyst in the exhaust
system resulted in drastic changes in the exhaust emissions:
     a.  The effectiveness of the catalyst was revealed in the
     large reduction of carbon monoxide, total hydrocarbons,
     and various individual organic compounds (such as acetylene).
     b.   Almost total elimination of aldehydes was achieved.
     c.  In TAME I (without catalyst), the high value of particulate
     in the irradiated atmosphere along with the low value of nitric
     oxide (NO) and the measured presence of ozone indicated that
     a much greater photochemical reaction of hydrocarbons occurred
     there than in TAME J (with catalyst).  That activity was
     greater in the case of the olefins than in the acetylene,
     and negligible for the aliphatics.
     d.  Gross evidence (color and weight stability) of the particulate
     in TAME I indicated that the nature of the sample was mainly
     organic.  The particulate in TAME J, on the other hand, was
     strongly acidic, was liquid in nature, and lost significant
     weight on standing.  Analysis showed sulfate to be the primary
     constituent.   Such facts suggested the presence of sulfuric
     acid as the major component in TAME J particulate.
                                  97

-------
              SULFATE EMISSIONS RESULTING FROM USE OF HIGH-SULFUR
                               FUEL IN TAME-K

            M. Malanchuk, N. Barkley, G. Contner, and M. Richards
                              INTRODUCTION

     To supplement the data on exhaust emissions from catalyst-equipped

systems in which regular Indolene fuel was used, a. high-sulfur content

gasoline was substituted in Toxicity Assessment of Mobile Emissions

(TAME), study K.  In that study, a quantity of thiophene was added to

the reference Indolene fuel to provide a sulfur level twice as great

(0.10 percent) as that normally present.  A more detailed analysis of

the particulate was made in order to establish the concentration of

sulfate and of the expected high acidity.


                         EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

     The high acidity of the aerosol produced in the exhaust emissions

from oxidative catalyst-equipped systems was indicated in preliminary

runs of the 350 CID Chevrolet engine.  Aerosol collected from an exposure

chamber on an electrostatic precipitator plate was a water-white liquid

and proved to be very acid by pH-paper test.  Also, membrane-type filters

used to sample the exposure chamber atmospheres remained an undiscolorcd

white and deteriorated upon standing several hours, sometimes to the

point of breaking into fragments.

     Therefore, quartz fiber filter material (Pallflex type 2500-QAO)

was used to collect aerosol samples at all the sampling points of the

piping system.  Every filter was weighed immediately after sampling.
                                 98

-------
Some were weighed again after several hours or overnight standing to




allow for equilLbration with the room atmosphere and stabilization of




the sample weight.  Others that were used for aerosol acidity measurements




Cwhole filters or portions) were then placed without delay after the




early weighing into a beaker of a specified quantity of distilled




deionized water.   At least 30 min was allowed for water extraction of




the sample before the initial measurements of conductance and of pH were




made.  Final measurements of ion concentration were made 16 to 40 hr



later.




     The aqueous extracts were subsequently used for determination of




sulfatc (SO^"), ammonium (NH* ), and nitrate (NO, ).  Sulfate was analyzed




by the barium chloranilate method,  ammonium by phenolhypochlorite




reaction,  and nitrate by hydrazine reduction.3




     Alternate analytical methods were used in some cases to confirm the




concentrations determined.  A nephelometric method was adapted to sulfate




measurement, and an ion specific electrode applied to ammonium measurement.




These methods have limited use for the present group o£ samples because




of sensitivity and reproducibility requirements.




     Gas samples for nitrate- and ammonium-producing components in the




atmospheres were collected by absorption into distilled water or into a




weak acid solution.  For separation of S02 from SOj, the procedure1 used




was to draw the gas through a bubbler containing isopropanol and then




through hydrogen peroxide CH2^2^ solution or through tctrachlormercurate




(TCM) contained in two follow-up bubblers.  The ammonium and the nitrate
                             99

-------
product concentrations were determined by the same methods cited for the




aerosol analysis.  The SO^ sulfatc in the first bubbler and the SO?




sulfate in the peroxide bubblers of the three bubbler-train were analyzed




by the chloranilatc method.  The SC«2 in the TCM absorption liquid was




analyzed by the Wcst-Gacke method.




     The animal (population) occupancy of an exposure chamber was noted




by the number of cages anil activity wheels.  A cage might contain three




adult rats, a litter of recently born rats with their mother, or a group




of four hamsters.  An activity wheel was associated with a single mouse.




A record of the animal occupancy was kept for comparison with levels of




ammonium and acidity of the particulate in the atmosphere of the exposure




chamber.




                                 RESULTS




     A condensation of the analytical values for several ionic components




is given in Table 1.  Gas and particulate values are listed for the




diluted atmosphere sampled immediately after the exhaust pipe and for




the atmospheres in each of several exposure chambers.




     Total particulate for TAME K is shown in the fourth column of




values of Table 2, page 3 of the article, "Effect of Catalyst and of Fuel




Sulfur Content Upon Auto Exhaust Emissions."  The sulfatc value for the




diluted exhaust pipe emissions (46.5 ymol/m^) in Table 1 of this article




represents almost 55 percent of the weight of the total particulate




(8.10 mg/m^).  Considering the very highly acidic nature of the aerosol




(particulate), one must assume that the sulfate is, most likely, totally




sulfuric acid.  On the basis of an average emissions volume generated by
                                 100

-------
TABLE 1.   TAME K:  ATMOSPHERIC COMPONENT CONCENTRATIONS, ymol/m3
Component Exhaust
Pipe
Emissions
Diluted
GAS:
(NH4+)
(N03-)
(S04=)
(S02)
PARTICIPATE:
C2NH4+) 1.6
(NO ') 0.2
(S04=) 46.5
(2H+) 170.6
"Exposure
(irradiated,
15-10 cages)

0.4
7.3
15.0
2.0

38.6
1.2
32.8'
0.2
Exposure Exposure
(nonirrad- (nonirrad-
iated, iated, no
2-0 cages) animals

0.1
2.4
28.0 ' -
0

4.6 1.1
0 0
34.3 35.0
122.9 109.9
Exposure
(irradiated,
4-2 cages +
6 wheels)

0.22
8.70
_
-

7.9
0
34.2
54.7
Exposure
(nonirrad-
iated,
2 cages +
6 wheels)

0.33
6.25
_
-

21.9
0.9
31.3
—
Exposure
(nonirrad-
iated,
12 cages)

-
_
^
-

41.2
0
25.5
0
Exposure
(irrad-
iated,
6 wheels)

-
fm
,
-

11.4
0.6
31.3
97.0

-------
the engine of  1 ro3/nnn>  and an average of 35 km/hr  (22 mph) equivalent




road speed for the engine operation  (California cycle), the total




particulate value of the diluted exhaust was calculated as approximately




0.13 gm/km.




     Actually, the*acidity is so high that at the present time, it'is




unaccountable  in terms of the amount of aerosol reported. Further work




is required to explain this phenomenon.  The point should be made that




those filter samples that were not used in the extraction scheme sometimes




lost as much as 50 percent of their weight after standing overnight. It was




the initial weight upon  which the total particulate calculations were




made.




     Although values are given for (NH4+) and (N03~) in the gas phase,




(Table 1), it is assumed that the analytical procedures are accounting




mainly for ammonia (NH3) and for the contribution of nitrogen dioxide




(N02) to these ion centration values.  The SO^ in most cases is probably




a fine mist of acid aerosol in the submicron size range of 0.1 micron or




less.




     The particulate analyses of Table 1 show that the aerosol in the




diluted exhaust pipe emissions (first column) is a highly acid sulfate.




The aerosol in exposure  chamber No. 15 (second column) is non-acidic and




contains ammonium (2NH4  ) nearly quantitative to the sulfate (S04=)




measured.  It is not unreasonable to think,  therefore, in terms of the




acid (such as sulfuric acid, 1)2804) or of the salts such as ammonium




sulfate, (NH^^SO^. The  amount of sulfate measured in the exposure



chambers themselves represented an average of at least 15 percent of the




sulfur present in the fuel.
                                       102

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Kufta, R. J.   Stationary Source Testing.  Apollo Chemical
     Corp. Sept. 1972.

2.   Weathcrburn,  M. W.  Phcnol-Hypochlorite Reaction for
     Determination..of Ammonia.  Anal. Chcm. 39:  971, July,
     1967.

3.   Mauser, T. R.  Method for Analysis for Nitrate by Hydrazine
     Reduction.  Water Research. 1:  205-216, 1967.

4.   West, P. W.,  and G. C. Gaeke.  Fixation of Sulfur Dioxide
     as Disulfitomercurate (11), Subsequent Colormetric Estimation.
     Anal. Chem. 28:  1816, 1956.
                                    103

-------
                    TAMP. STUDll-S ADDENDA
                  AEROMETRY DATA FOR TAME L

                M. Malanchuk, and J. Burkart
     Although the TAME-L test conditions were distinctive in many, ways,

the results have been listed alongside those of TAME-K to show the

similarities and dissimilarities of two tests that at first glance might

be considered to be very much alike.

     Table I compares the test conditions.  TAME-L was a continuous run

through 52 days except for a two-hour period each morning  when  the

engine was turned off and the exposure chambers opened to service the

test animals for clean-up of chambers and cages and for provision of

fresh food and vvatcr.  That servicing necessitated a cold start-up of

the engine at 0800 each day.  The automobile engine was a new unit that

was substituted for the older one used for TAME-K; that older engine

had developed oil leak problems which made it unsuitable for the TAME-L

study.  The same catalytic converter was used in TAME-L as in TAME-K;

however, there was a mechanical vibrator attached to the converter in

TAME-L to simulate road vibration during the entire run.

     During its nearly 700 hours of use in TAME-L, the catalyst unit

gradually increased in outlet temperature of the gas from 760°F to a

peak of 1QOO°F, leveled off at about 985°F and dropped precipitously in

temperature when the new supply fuel was introduced into the engine on

day 30.  That fuel was of lower sulfur content (0.01% S by weight) and

of higher aromatics content (32 vol. %).  Consequently, much more
                                    104

-------
                                      Table 1.
                 Comparison of Test Conditions for TAME-K and TAME-L
                                                    TAME-K
                     TAME-L
Test Period, Days
Hours/Day, of Engine Operation
Fuel
Engine

Engine hours accumulated,
 start-end of run
Period of run, hours
Engine miles accumulated,
 start-end of run
  Period of run, miles
Catalyst miles accumulated,
 start-end of run
Catalyst miles accumulated,
 start-end of run
Total fuel consumed, pounds
        7              32
       24       22 w. cold start
Ref.+thiophene  Ref.+thiophene
'73 Chev 350 +  new '73 Chev 350 +
catalytic conv. catalytic converter
      675-841
       166

    13500-16820
       3,320

      465-632

     9320-12640
       1495
  32-718
   686

 640-14360
   13,720

 774-1460

15480-29200
   6270
Overall averages for the run:
Fuel, Ibs/hr
Exhaust oxygen, percent
Dilution air flow, scfm
Dilution ratio
Dilution tube temperature, °F
Catalyst temperature range, °F
 Ave. catalyst temperature,,°F
Exposure chamber temp. § percent R.H.
  Nonirradiated
  Irradiated
         9.02
         4.7
         324
        9.5/1
         101°
       835-895
         859

     75°F/60% R.H.
     75°F/60% R.H.
   9.14
   3.9
   335
   10.2/1
   96°
   760-1000
   892

 78°F/65% R.H.
 76°F/66% R.H.
                                          105

-------
thiophene had to be added to it to bring the sulfur level to the 0.10%




concentration maintained in the earlier fuel supply.




     With a clean air dilution of the exhaust gases of 10.2/1, an average




dilution tube temperature of 95°F was attained as compared to 101°F




 in TAME-K with its 9.5/1 dilution ratio.  Exposure chamber temperatures




and relative humidity were a little higher in TAME-L.




     Table II compares the test results of TAME-K and  TAME-L.  The




differences in the results appear to emphasize a greater activity of the




catalyst or else a lower input from the new engine during the TAME-L



run.  Carbon monoxide(CO), concentrations were about 1/4 as much in




TAME-L as in TAME-K; total hydrocarbons (THC), were about 1/2 as much.




Aldehydes, and olcfins as represented by ethylene, were considerably




reduced in keeping with the THC picture.  The lower nitrogen oxide




values in a system using the oxidative catalyst could  be due to the use




of a new engine (conditions).




     Total particulate (aerosol) concentration showed  a very substantial




increase in the dilution tube and in the nonirradiated atmosphere of the




system.  The irradiated atmosphere had a much smaller  degree of increase.




However, measurements of sulfate in the particulate indicated a consistently




greater proportion of water in the samples from the "nonirradiated"




exposure chambers. Much of the increased amount of aerosol in the




nonirradiated atmosphere over that in the irradiated atmosphere was due




to the greater amount of moisture in the nonirradiated sample.  The




sulfate content in the irradiated atmosphere filter samples was usually




no more than 10 percent lower than that in the nonirradiated atmosphere






                                   106

-------
                            TAMIE-K and TAME-L
Exhaust Dilution Ratio
                                            TAME-K   TAME-L
                            9.5/1    10.2/1
CO, ppm
  Exp. Ch:
N-I
I
THC, ppm, as methane
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
NOX, ppm
  Exp. Ch:
NO, ppm
  Exp. Ch:
N02, ppm
  Exp. Ch:
N-I
I
N-I
I
N-I
I
Aldehydes, total, ppm
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I

'Formaldehyde, ppm
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I

Aliphatics, ppm, C2-Cc
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I

Methane, ppm
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I
Olcfins, ppm, cthylene
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I
Acetylene, ppm
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I
Particulatc, mg/m^
  Dilution Tube
  Exp. Ch:      N-I
                I
 40
 38
                                              18
12.6
11.2
10.8
 9.7
 1.8
 1.5
                              0.18
                              0.11
                              0.44
                              0.39
                              6.53
                              6.13


                              0.81
                              0.74

                              0.04
                              0.04


                              8.10
                              9.30
                              8.75
 9.3
10.0
                                     10.4
                                      9.5
 8.9
 8.2
 8.0
 7.0
 0.9
 1.2
         0.02
         0.05
         0.29
         0.26
         6.19
         6.13


         0.07
         0.06
        21.56
        11. 85 CM 7% SO/I
                                   107

-------
samples.  Specifically, out of 15 simultaneous samplings that were taken




from the "nonirradiated" and "irradiated" exposure chambers in TAME-L




and those samplings were also checked for sulfate content (such paired




samplings were taken daily, but not all were analyzed for sulfate),




every "irradiated" sample was higher in sulfate (sulfuric acid) 'concen-




tration than the "nonii-radiated" sample with but one exception—a case




of the (nearly) same an.junt of sulfate per less amount of total particulate




giving a higher concentration reading for the sulfate.    This finding




resulted from having the same amount of sulfate in a smaller amount of




total particulate which would give a higher sulfate value per unit of




particulate.   Accuracy of the particulate measurements could be significantly




improved with availability of a temperature + humidity controlled room




devoted to the weighing of these humidity-sensitive samples.




     A plot of the day ^tozday ..particulate jconcentrat ions at three different




points in the test exposure system, Figure 1, shows a steady drop during




the period until the very end when a sudden rise occurred after a supply




of new Indolene fuel had to be introduced in order to extend the study a




few more days.  The same trend is seen in the atmosphere drawn from each




of the three sampling points - the dilution tube,  the exposure chamber




with the non-irradiated atmosphere, and the exposure chamber with the




irradiated atmosphere.




     The CO, THC, and NOX-NO-N02 values for TAME-L in Table II are mean




values for the 32-day study based on the computer tape values recorded




during the 22-hour, engine-on period.




     Various analytical methods used to measure platinum and palladium




in the filter samples collected from the diluted exhaust emissions
                                 108

-------
during the California 7-Mode cycle runs were inclusive in establishing




the amounts of those two elements in the emissions.  Concentration values




obtained by atomic absorption spectrophotometry yielded emission values




calculated as 0^1.2 yg Ft/km (0-2 yg Pt/mi).   Techniques using nuclear




energy sources to induce UV fluorescence yielded values of a decade or




two as great for the platinum and also for palladium.
                                109

-------
             THE INHALATION TOXICOLOGY OF AUTOMOTIVE EMISSIONS
               AS AFFECTED BY AN OXIDATION EXHAUST CATALYST

             D. K. Mysell, W. Moore, R. Hinncrs, M. Malanchuk
                        R. Miller and J. F. Stara
                               INTRODUCTION

      This report present* data from a series of acute animal exposure

 studies which were designed to assess certain health hazards of automobile

 exhaust from engines equipped with or without oxidativc catalytic converters.

 It is expected that these catalytic converters will be widely used by

 the automobile manufacturers in order to control exhaust emission levels

 of carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbons (HC) .   The concern, of course,

 is that use of these devices might release some other noxious or toxic

 substances into the environment. Three studies are discussed in this

 report:  TAME I, J, and K.  (TAME is an acronym used by us which means

 toxicologic assessment of mobile emissions). TAME I was a study of the

 biological effects of whole exhaust from an automobile engine with no

 catalyst, which served as a reference or baseline study; TAME J was

 identical except for the addition of an oxidative catalyst to the exhaust

 train; TAME K had the catalyst plus additional organic sulfur compounds

 added to the fuel to maximize production of sulfate emissions.  (This

 paper has been submitted to Environmental Health Perspectives for publication.)



                     EXPERIMENTAL METHODS AND RESULTS

A.  Exposure System.  The exhaust emission generation system used in

 these studies consisted of a 1973 Chevrolet 350 CID production engine

 equipped with exhaust gas recirculation (EGR),  air pump, and turhohydramatic

 transmission coupled to an "eddy current" absorption dynamometer.  In
                                   110

-------
each study, the engine system was run continuously for 7 days on a




modified "California" control cycle (Table I).   The gasoline used in the




Chevrolet engine as a reference fuel was American Oil Co. unleaded 91




Octane Test Fuel, Intermediate Grade Indolene Clear (Table II).   Note




that in TAME K, thiophcnc was added to the reference fuel to produce a




high sulfur fuel (1000 ppm).   Some of the engine operating conditions




are summarized in Table III.



     In TAME J and K, the exhaust passed through a noble metal pelletizcd




type oxidation catalyst (manufactured by Engelhard Co. to General Motors




specifications) and a muffler before mixing with CBR filtered and conditioned




air in a dilution tube.  The diluted exhaust was piped to a large volume




mixing chamber and then entered dynamic flow irradiation chambers lighted




to simulate sunlight so that photochemical reactions might occur.  The




irradiated exhaust then entered animal exposure chambers.  Additionally,




the system provided nonirradiated exhaust in the same concentration to




other exposure chambers.  In each study there were clean air atmospheres




and in TAME I there was a CO atmosphere for control animal exposures.




The catalyst was removed from the system for the TAME I exposure.






Aerometry.  The major components characterized in the exhaust emissions




and methods used are summarized in Table IV.  Particulate samples were




collected on pure quartz fiber filters.  Bubbler and impinger samples of




the atmospheres were used for collecting ammonia and sulfur based gases.




     The concentration in the exposure chambers of the various emission




components are shown in Table V.  The incorporation of the oxidation
                                     111

-------
                           03\BLE I




Modified "California Cycle" Used in the Fuel Emission Studies
Mode
Idle
Acceleration
Cruise
Deceleration
Cruise
Acceleration
Peak
Deceleration
Speed, M.P.H.
0
0 to 30
30
30 to 15
15
15 to 49
49 to 50
50 to 0
Time, Seconds
20
14
15
11
15
29
1.5
31.5
                                  Total        137 sec.
                                  112

-------
                           TABLE II

   Ccnparison and Product Analysis of the Gasoline Used for
                   Exhaust Emission Studies
Shipment Number
Date Delivered
Quantity, gallons
Octane Number, research
Octane Number, motor
Lead Atm. Abs. , gm/gal.
Phosphorus, gm/gal.
Sulfur, wt. %
Aromatics, Vol. %
Olefins, Vol. %
Gum, Existent, mg/100 cc
Gravity, °API
Oxidation Stability, minutes
Ried Vapor Pressure, Ibs.
#1
3/30/73
2,000
91.4
82.9
0.01
0.002
0.04
25.4
11.8
0.8
61.4
600+
9.1
12
10/29/73
1,500
91.3
82.5
0.01
0.00
0.05
23.5
9.9
1.0
61.5
600+-
9.0
Note:  Shiprrent £1 used for studies I and J.
       Shipment #2 used for study K with Thiophene added
       to produce 0.10% by weight sulfur.
                                     113

-------
               TABLE III.




Comparison of Engine Operating Conditions

Fuel
Engine
Engine liours
Study hours
Engine miles
Cumulative Catalyst hours
Catalyst miles
otal Fuel (Ibs)
Fuel, Ifcs/hr.
Exhaust Oxygen (%}
\ir/Fuel Ratio
Dil Consumption, qts.
Dilution Ratio
Dilution Air Flow
Average, SCFM
Dilution Tube Temperature
Average, °F
TAME I
Ref. only
•73 Chev.
No catalyst
255-425
170
8,500


1,545
9.08
N.A.
'TAME j
Ref. only
'73 Chev.
w/catalyst
444-615
171
12,300
465
9,300
1,601
9.40
4.2
TAM: K
Ref. + Sulfur
'73 Chev.
w/catalyst
675-841
166
16,820
632
12,640
1,495
9.02
4.7
14.4 cycling
12.4 idle
1/2
9.6/1

305
101
1/4
8.7/1

310
114
1/4
9.5/1

324
101
                           114

-------
                                TABLE IV

                  Characterization of Exhaust Emissions
•Pollutant corponent
  Analytic method
                                                         VThere determined*
.Carbon monoxide  (CO)
Total hydrocarbons
   (THC) , as CH4
Nitrogen oxides
   includes MO and
C^ to C5 hydrocarbcns
   (several compounds)

C6 to C10 aromatic
  hydrocarbons  (several
  compounds)

Aldehydes, total

Particulates, total mass

Particulate size distribution:
  Aerodynamic
  Photonoreric

Particulate corposition


Ozone, "oxidant"
Nbndispersive               EPIJ, EC
Infra-red spectroscopy

Flame ionization            EPM, EC
  spectroscopy

Chemiluminescence           EPM, EC
  spec.; coloriiretry
  using Saltzman reagent

Gas chromatography          EC
                                 Gas chromatography          EC



                                 MBTH according to Hauser    EC

                                 Filtration gravirretry       EC
                                  Stage impaction (Anderson)   EC
                                  Photoelectronic (Royco)      EC

                                  Infra-red and ultra-        EC
                                    violet spectrophotcmetry
                                  Chemiluminescence scec.
                            EC
 *EPM - Exhaust or primary exhaust:   air mixture;
  EC - exposure chamber
                                            115

-------
                               TABLE V

     Engine Exhaust Emission Values for Selected Components in the
                       Animal Exposure Chambers

Exhaust Dilution Ratio
CO, ppm:

THC, ppm:

NOX, ppm:

NO, ppm:

NXD2, ppm:

Aldehydes, ppm:

Miphatics, ppm:
C4-C5
51efins, ppm:
C2-C4
Acetylene, ppm:

>zone, ppm:

'articulate,
mg/M3


NIa
Ib
NI
I
NI
I
NI
I
vrr
I
NI
I
NI
I
NI
I
NI
I
NI
I
NI
I
TAME I
9.6/1
651
559
110
95
11.9
5.1
6.7
0.5
5.2
4.6
10.20
14.62
1.30
1.32
13.24
9.23
3.28
3.06
0.0
0.4
0.69
3.19
TAME J
8.7/1
46
41
22
22
12.9
12.6
11.1
9.6
1.8
3.0
0.08
0.10
0.61
0.58
0.89
0.79
0.03
0.03
_
—
0.96
1.09
TAKE K
9.5/1
40
38
18
18
12.6
11.2
10.8
9.7
1.8
1.5
0.18
0.11
0.44
a. 39
0.91
0.82
0.04
0.04
-
—
6.53
5.85
   = nonirradiated exhaust
I  = irradiated exhaust
                                         116

-------
catalyst into the exhaust system resulted in a large reduction in CO,




total I1C, and various individual organic compounds.   In TAME I,  the




photochemical reactions in the irradiated atmospheres were very pronounced




as evidenced by the presence of ozone, the low value for NO, and the




high value for particulatc.  The color and weight stability suggested




the particulate to be organic in nature. In TAME J and K, the particulate



was strongly acidic, was liquid in nature, lost significant weight on




standing and contained sulfate as a primary constituent.  All of this



suggested sulfuric acid as the major particulate component.




C.  Biologic Systems and Effects




     1.    Infant mortality and body weight determinations:  Groups of  10




     lactating female outbred albino rats and their 2-week old offspring




     (10 suckling rats/litter) were exposed to each of the treatment




     atmospheres for 7 days.  Animals were weighed at the beginning and




     end of the study.  Infant mortality was noted on a daily basis.  As




     may be seen from Table VI, there was a prominent effect on infant




     mortality in those animals exposed to exhaust in TAME I.  This was




     obviously not a CO effect alone, but rather due to the combination




     of biologically active pollutants.  A parallel effect was noted as




     far as body weight changes (Table VII) in both the adult and suckling




     animals.  In TAME J and K, there were not pronounced treatment




     effects on either of these parameters.




     2.   Clinical pathology determinations:  Groups of 25 adult male




     outbred albino rats were exposed to each treatment atmosphere.




     Five animals per treatment were removed on days 2 - 6 of the study,
                                   117

-------
                   TABLE VI

Survival of Suckling Rats Following Exposure to
           Whole Automobile Exhaust

Clean air control
Nonirradiated exhaust
Irradiated exhaust
Carbon monoxide control
1MB I
100%
23%
0%
96%
TAME J
98%
100%
100%

. TAME K
100%
100%
100%

                             118

-------
                                 TABLE VII

      Daily Change in Body Weight (grams) in Rat£ During Exposure
                  to Whole Automobile Exhaust

Lactating Female Rats:
Suckling Rats:


TAME I
CAa + 2.2
NIb - 6.7
I c -11.7
Ctf3 + 0.4
CA + 2.0
NI - 0.6
I —
CO + 1.3
•TAME J
+ 2.9
- 0.2
- 1.3
+ 2.0
+ 1.9
+ 2.1

TAME K
+0.8
+2.2
+4.6
+ 2.1
+ 2.6
+ 3.3

a: Clean Air Control Atmosphere
b: Nonirradiated Exhaust Atmosphere
c:  Irradiated Exhaust Atmosphere
d:  Carbon Monoxide (550 ppm) Control Atmosphere
                                       119

-------
anesthetized, and exsanguinated by abdominal aorta cathcterization.




The clinical laboratory determinations and treatment means are




shown in Tables VIII-XI. Again a treatment effect if present  occurred




only in TAME I in the exhaust exposure groups with the more - prominent




changes in the animals exposed to irradiated exhaust.  The high CO




levels had some effect on the hematologic parameters but was  not




totally responsible.  It should be further noted that the high CO




levels produced a rather striking increase in hemolysis resistant




red blood cells which necessitated manual determinations of white




blood cell counts.  No treatment effect was noted in TAMG J or K.




Because of the historical association of platinum with allergic




responses, it was particularly interesting to note no increase in




eosinophils in TAME J or K.




3.  Tissue chemistry determinations:  Samples of lung, liver  and




kidney were collected from animals exposed to the exhaust atmospheres




for determination of platinum (Pt) and palladium (Pd).  The tissue




samples were lyophilized and wet digested using aqua regia with all




nitric acid fumes being eliminated by other additions of hydrochloric




acid and subsequent heating.  The digested samples were transferred




with hydrochloric acid and deionized water to a volumetric flask




with an acid concentration of 10%.  After the samples were treated




with potassium iodide, the metals were concentrated by organic




extraction using mcthyl-isobutyl ketone.  Fifty microliter aliquots




were analyzed using a Perkin-Elmer 503 Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer




equipped with a GHA 2000 Graphite Furnace.
                                120

-------
               TKBIE VIII

Treatment Mean Values for Selected Hematologic
          Parameters in Male Rats

RBC/cmm (x 106) :



WBC/cmm (x 103) :



Lymphocyte : neutraphil
Ratio:


HB (gm %) :



KT (%):




CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
TAME I
7.07
7.62
7.78
7.44
9.1
11.9
12.0
15.7
5.3
1.7
1.0
2.3
14.9
16.5
16.7
15.2
41.6
46.6
47.4
43.2
TAME J
7.14
7.00
7.07

9.3
9.0
8.7

5.3
5.1
5.3

14.6
14.7
14.5

40.8
41.0
40.1

TAME K

7.01
7.21


9.4
8.8


4.8
4.9


14.5
14.7


40.4
41.0

                       121

-------
                     TABLE IX

Treatment Mean Values for Selected Blood Chemistry
              .Parameters in Male Rats

Total serum protein (gm^) :



AlfceJire phosphatase (U) :



SGOT (R-F units) :



SGPT (R-F units) :



BUN (mg%):




CA
.NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
TM»3E I
6.0
6.3
6.8
6.3
79.1
54.2
40.8
79.4
161.6
185.3
196.7
175.2
48.5
60.5
53.7
45.8
23.8
21.0
28.3
20.0
TAME J
5.8
6.1
6.0

80.9
91.4
83.4

169.7
174.4
174.8

40.0
40.7
42.0

22.5
21.8
21.4

TAME K

6.2
6.2


94.5
89.8


161.8
162.8


47.2
46.4


19.1
19.4

                               122

-------
                   TABLE X

Treatment Mean Values for Selected Coagulation
                Tests in Male Rats
•
Platelets/cmm (x 106) :



Fibrinogen (mg/dl) :



ProthroiTibin1 time (seconds) :



Partial throrrboplastin
time (seconds) :




CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO
CA
NI
I
CO

CA
NI
I
CO
TAME I
0.95
1.07
1.10
1.08
170
165
220
160
12.5
12.9
12.6
.12.3

19.9
21.7
22.4
21.3
TAME J
0.93
0.97
0.92

175
175
170

12.2
12.1
12.3


19.9
19.3
19.2

TAME K

1.02
.98


177
175


12.2
12.2



19.1
18.7

                           123

-------
                      XI
Treatment Mean Values for Selected Serum Electrolytic
           Constituents in Male Rats

Na+ (negA.): CA
NI
I
CO
K+ (negA.): CA
NI
I
CO
(IT (ireg/1.): CA
NI
I
CO
Ca** (negA.): CA
NI
I
CO
TAME I
133.2
136.6
135.7
142.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.2
103.2
104.4
102.1
106.2
4.9
5.0
4.9
4.7
TOME J
140.8
141.0
141.2

5.3
5.5
5.4

105.6
104.8
105.2

4.4
4.6
4.5

TAME K

142.2
142.8


5.3
5.6


105.2
104.2


4.6
4.7

                       124

-------
     The ]owcr limits of detectability for total Pt and Pd in a




gram of tissue were 0.2 and 0.1 ug, respectively.  No Pt or Pd



could be detected in any of the tissue samples from TAME I, J, or K.




 4.  Morphologic pathology determinations:  Tissues from adult




outbred albino rats and adult male golden Syrian hamsters exposed




to each treatment were collected and fixed in 10% formalin.  Specimens




of lung, 1Lvcr, and kidney were processed, paraffin embedded,



sectioned, hcmatoxylin and eosin stained, and examined microscopically



for evidence of morphologic changes attributable to the exposure.




     There were no treatment related changes in TAME J or K.  In




TAME I, however, there were extensive pulmonary changes which were




more severe in hamsters and most severe in those animals exposed to




irradiated exhaust. In the nonirradiated exhaust group, the pulmonary




changes were relateable to the levels of NC^, with an increase in




alveolar macrophages at the level of terminal bronchioles initially,



followed by a proliferative phase with some apparent increase in




epithelialization of respiratory ductules, and in thickness of



alveolar septae.  In the hamsters exposed to irradiated exhaust




there was a very severe acute purulent bronchitis and .bronchiolitis




which progressed to a subacute purulent bronchopneumonia by the end



of the study.  Additionally, there were some degenerative changes




in renal and hepatic tissue by the end of the study in these animals.




The only lesion which could be solely related to CO "levels was extra-



medullary hcmatopoiesis in the liver of the rats after 4 days exposure.
                               125

-------
                             DISCUSSION




     The initiating force behind use of the oxidative catalytic converter




in the automobile exhaust train is the emission standards for CO and HC




as set forth in the Clean Air Amendments of 1970.   The acrometry findings




in this study would suggest that there is in fact a very marked reduction




in CO and HC levels due to the use of the catalyst.




     It was further expected that the oxidative catalysts would have




minimal effect on NOX levels, which again was corroborated by these




studies. The catalyst did have an indirect effect in the exposure system




used in these studies on levels of NC>2 and other oxidants (i.e. ozone)




which constitute some of the more biologically active exhaust compounds




relative to biological effects.  The reasons for this relate to findings




that at HC/NOX ratios less than 3:1, no free oxidant is formed.   These




same HC/NOX ratios have a similar effect on N02 levels due to the overall




N0-N02 reaction systems. In TAME I, the HC/NOX ratio was about 9:1; in




TAME J and K the ratios were about 1.5 - 2:1.  This then helps explain




the pronounced reduction in acute toxicity associated with the exposures,




rather than the lower levels of CO alone.




     As noted, the oxidation catalyst did have an effect on the type of




particulate with an increase in the acidic fraction (probably sulfuric




acid). There were not any demonstrable acute biological effects in any




of the animals studied, which were attributable to these altered particulates.




The study did not rule out possible chronic effects due to long-term



exposure either as a result of the increased sulfate emissions or attrition



products of the noble metal oxidation catalyst.  It is therefore imperative




that long-term studies be initiated to provide this additional information.
                                    126

-------
REFERENCES

1.   Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.  1857 ct seg) includes the Clean Air Act of
     1963 (P.L. 88-206), and amendments made by the "Motor Vehicle Air
     Pollution Control Act" -  P.L. 89-272 (October 20, 1965), the "Clean
     Air Act Amendments of 1966 - P.L. 89-675 (October 15, 1966), the
     "Air Quality Act of 1967" - P.L. 90-148 (November 21, 1967), and
     the "Clean Air Amendments of 1970" - P.L.  91-604 (December 31,
     1970).

2.   Korth,  M., A. Rose, R. Stahman (1964)  Effects of Hydrocarbon to
     Oxides of Nitrogen Ratios in Irradiated Auto Exhaust.  J. Air
     Pollution Control Assn. 14: 168-175.
                                  127

-------
          PULMONARY MICROSOMAL MIXED FUNCTION MONOOXYGENASE ACTIVITY
           FOLLOWING EXPOSURE TO CATALYTICALLY-TREATED AUTO EXHAUST
 L. L. Hall, I. Washington, J. Adams, K. Campbell, Y. Yang, and W. Moore
                              INTRODUCTION
     The lung serves as a primary target organ for many air pollutants
because it is a major portal of entry for atmospheric contaminants.
Chemical carcinogenesis is of considerable concern in relation to environmental
pollutant exposure either by carcinogen or co-carcinogen exposure.  The
association of microsomal mixed function monooxygenasc with carcinogenesis1
suggested the determination of effects of catalytically-treatcd auto
exhaust on this system.
                                 METHODS -
     Three hundred and sixty (360) adult male Syrian hamsters weighing
121.29 *_ .055* gms were randomized into four studies with three treatments
per study.  Two studies (I,III) were performed on non-induced animals,
and two studies (II, IV) were performed on hamsters where cytochrome P-450
was induced with bcnzo(a)pyrene (BaP) (25 mg/kg intraperitoneal) twenty-
four hours prior to sacrifice.  Studies I and III were performed on
hamsters exposed continuously for five days to one of the following
atmospheres:  1) clean air (CA); 2) nonirradiated (NI); 3) irradiated
(I) exhaust.  Studies II and IV were performed the same except for
induction on day five and sacrificed twenty-four hours later.  The
animals were exposed to the test atmospheres during the induction phase.
   *Coefficient of variation
                                128

-------
     The hamsters were anesthetized (IP) with pcntobarbital, exsanguinated


by cutting the heart, and the lungs removed jLi^ toto and quickly immersed


in cold saline (4°C).  The lungs from three animals were then trimmed of


bronchi, and connective tissue weighed, and placed in cold 0.15 M KC1


for homogenization with a Willems Polytron.  Mixed function monooxygenase

                                                               •f'
activity (AHH) was assayed as described by Dixon et al. (1970)


where the fluorescence of the phenolic metabolite is used as an indicator


of BaP metabolism.  Homogcnate concentration of 25 mg tissue/ml and a


sixty minute incubation period were used.  The results are expressed as


the fluorescence equivalent to picomoles of 3-hydroxybenzopyrene formed


per minute per mg tissue protein.


                                RESULTS


     Table 1 shows the effect of the experimental atmospheres on hamster


body weight and the lung weight-body weight (Iw/bw) ratios. .A-statistically


significant increase (3.94%) in the Iw/bw ratio was noted in the non-


induced animals exposed to irradiated exhaust for the five day experimental


period.  No significant effects in the body weight or Iw/bw ratios were


noted in either the induced hamsters or animals exposed to nonirradiated


exhaust.


     Table 2 shows the effect of auto exhaust on the levels of AI-IH as


reflected by fluorescent phenolic compounds.  A statistically significant


(p = .05) reduction in basal activity was found in studies I and III


(non-induced) amounting to 18.59 and 12.13 percent, respectively,


following five days exposure to irradiated exhaust.  No effect was noted


in the induced animals or the non-induced animals exposed to nonirradiated


exhaust.
                                 129

-------
                                       Table 1

         Changes in Body Weight and Lung Weight/Body Weight Ratios Following
                      Exposure to Catalyst-treated Auto Exhaust
 Experiment
   Treatment
No. of
Animals
                                                 Body Weight*
                                                  LW/BW*
Non-induced
Clean air controls
Nonirradiated exhaust   60
Irradiated exhaust      60
           120.98 (.08)

           119.15 (.10)
           121.90 (.09)
0.48835 (.05)

0.48986 (.05)
0.50758 (.06)**
Induced
Clean air controls
Nonirradiated exhaust
Irradiated exhaust
60
60
60
122.00 (.08)
121,75 (.08)
121.97 (.09)
0.49196 (.05)
0.49250 (.06)
0.49268 (.06)
   * Number in brackets is coefficient of variation
  ** Significantly djfferent  from controls at p =  .05 level
                                         130

-------
                                    Table 2

         Effect of Catalyst treated Auto Exhaust on Hamster Aryl Lung
              Microsomal monooxygenase With and Without Induction
Study Treatment
1 (without induction) Clean Air
Nonirradiated
exhaust
Irradiated
exhaust
2 (with induction) Clean Air
Nonirradiated
exhaust
Irradiated
exhaust
3 (without induction) Clean Air
Nonirradiated
exhaust
Irradiated
exhaust
4 (with induction) Clean Air
Nonirradiated
exhaust
Irradiated
exhaust
Sample Size
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Mean
.0.27942
0.28298
0.22747*
.83320
.82379
.77183
.24443
.26376
.21479**
0.76066
0.77262
0.70457
Var.
.00173
.00099
.00088
.01606
.01422
.00636
.00109
.00128
.00116
.00562
.01237
.00719
Cu


.132


.136


.142


.122
 * CA = NI > I at p = .05 level
** NI  >1; CA = NI; CA = I at p = .05 level
                                    131

-------
                               DISCUSSION



     Due to the length of this study, repeat experiments using the five



day exposure protocol were employed to determine the effect on the basal



levels of microsomal P-450 activity and also if exposure to auto exhaust



affected the hemoprotein induction phase.  In addition it was possible



to perform repeated studies to ascertain the effect variability in a



controlled fashion.  The depression noted following exposure to irradiated



exhaust is consistant with our previous experience.  The increase in



sample size and dual experiments confirm the existance of the depressive



effect, its repeatability , and our ability to detect the change. Although



the depression is not large, it is real and based on our previous studies,



some speculation is possible regarding its causation.  Previous experiments



have suggested an inverse relationship b'etween AHH activity and total



hydrocarbon, NC^, aldehydes and olefins. However, the increased particulate



in this study could be a contributor if it contains a significant amount



of H2SO^ since the levels of the other components are quite low.  No



studies on the effect of H-S04 aerosol have been published so this



hypothesis is purely speculative and arrived at by default.



     The increase in lung weight-body weight ratio which was not found



in other catalytic studies, is further suggestive evidence for a particulate



effect since this study showed the largest particulate loading of any of



the previous studies.  Further research is necessary to resolve this



question.



     The biological impact of the reduction is microsomal mixed function



monooxygenase following exposure to auto exhaust is uncertain at this



time.  The experimental data available as to how AHH relates to chemical


                                                                    1 2
carcinogens is unclear, but this may be resolved in the near future. '






                                 132

-------
REFERGNCI-S

1.   Forina, n. M. and J. W. Daly (1974).  Arenc Oxides.  A New
     Aspect of Drug Metabolism.  Science 185, 573

2.   Dixon, et al. (1970)  Cancer Res. 30: 1068

3.   The Second International Symposium on Microsome and Drug Oxidation.
     Published in Drug Metabolism and Dcsposition 1^, 1973.
                                133

-------
             BIOCHEMICAL EFFECTS OF EMISSIONS FROM AN AUTOMOBILE ENGINE

                  WITH AND WITHOUT CATALYTIC CONVERTER


         S.  D.  Lee, V. N. Finelli, L. McMillan, and R. M. Danner




     As a part  of the toxicological studies of automobile engines with


and without  catalytic converters, the Biochemistry Section, in collaboration


with Dr. Finelli of the Department of Environmental Health at the University


of Cincinnati,  has studied early biochemical alterations in rats exposed


to auto exhaust emissions.




                          MATERIALS AND METHODS


Experimental Animals


     Each exposure experiment consisted of 30 female Spraguc-Dawley


rats, each animal weighing approximately 200 g, divided into three


groups of 10 animals:  Clean Air CCA), non-irradiated (NI), and irradiated


(I).


Exposure Conditions


     The exposure system has been described by Hinner et al.  The


concentrations  of major exhaust components in the exposure chambers have

                                  2
been described  by Malanchuk et al.   Temperature and humidity in the


exposure chambers were kept constant throughout the experiment at 22°C


and 50 percent  relative humidity, respectively.  The exposures were


conducted 24 hr a day, for 7 consecutive days.  Two animal exposure


experiments were conducted using the exhaust from the same engine with


and without the catalytic converter.  In addition, an experiment was


performed by exposing a group of animals to carbon monoxide alone
                                       134

-------
 Ccxperiment CO)  at a concentration of 575 mg/m^ (500 ppm),  which approximately




 reflects  the carbon monoxide level observed in exposure chambers when




 emissions from the engine without the catalytic converter was  tested.




      The  following parameters were determined:   hematocrits, serum,




lactate dehydrogenase (LDII),  serum glutamic oxaloacetate transaminase




 (SCOT), and serum lysozymc.   Serum LDH and GOT were determined using




 DADE reagent sets (American  Hospital  Supply Corp.,  Miami, Fla.), and




 lysozyme  was assayed with Worthington kits (Worthington Biochemical




 Corp.,  Freehold,  N.  J.).   Blood  samples were obtained from  animals by




 tail vein puncture.




                          RESULTS AND  DISCUSSION




      Figure 1 shows the drastic  effects on the hematocrit of the exposure




 to emissions from the engine without  the catalytic  converters.   At the




 end of the 7-day exposure, very  high  hematocrit levels were observed in




 the experimental  animals:  62.3  +_ 1.5 percent for NI, and 66.2 +_ 0.5



 percent for I,  as compared to a  normal value of 43.2 +_ 0.9  percent for




 the clean air group. During  a recovery period of 3  weeks, the  hematocrit




 values were obtained weekly,  and a gradual return to normal was seen in




 the animals of both NI and I  groups.   The animals exposed to carbon




 monoxide  showed an average hematocrit of 62.5 +_ 0.9,  which  is  equal  to




 the value found for the NI group in the experiment  without  a converter.




      The  hematocrit in the animals exposed to emissions from the engine




 equipped  with a catalytic converter did not differ  from control values.




 From the  above data, it seems that the elevation of the hematocrit is




 due to the carbon monoxide concentration in the exposure chambers.   The
                                    135

-------
68
E
64

60

56
t

G£
u
i «
^
LLJ
X
- /_ \
: ;I x
: // ^\\;
- // 1
; (/
/ /
i
1 1
1 1
- //
(
— / 1
'/
                             *	* IRRADIATED

                             A-- --^NON-IRRADIATED

                             •	•CONTROL
48 -

                                   TV
                                   \\ N
                                   •!• N %
                                       \\
                                         »
                                          \\
 Figure  1.    Hematocrit levels in animals exposed

      to engine emissions  without catalytic converter
                        136

-------
levels of carbon monoxide in NT and I groups in the experiment without




the catalytic converter were 551 and 559 ppm, respectively; and for NI




and I groups with the catalytic converter, the carbon monoxide levels




were reduced to 46 to 41 ppm.  The increased hematocrit may be due to




polycythemia and/or dehydration.  Total serum protein or albumin analyses




were not obtained, and therefore the occurrence of dehydration cannot be




confirmed; however, the data collected from histological examination of



the experimental animals  revealed the presence of large numbers of




ruptured red blood cells, which may indicate a polycythenic response.




     To assess organ damage in exposed animals, the activity of LHD,



GOT, and lysozyme in scrum was assayed.  These intracellular enzymes are




characteristic of appropriate organs, and an increase of enzymatic




activity in serum would indicate, presumably, a leakage of enzymes from




injured cells.  SCOT was not significantly elevated in any of the exposed




animals, a fact that would indicate that neither liver nor heart were




damaged by exposure to various types of emissions and to carbon monoxide.



Serum LDH was elevated in the animals exposed to emissions from the




engine without a catalytic converter.  Figure 2 shows that at the end of



the exposure period, the animals from both NI and I groups showed approximately




a 200-percent increase in serum LDH activity.  In the recovery period,




while the NI group values tended to return to normal, the I group values




presented an unexplained erratic behavior; moreover we cannot explain




the low value obtained in the third week for the CA group.  No significant




changes in LDH activity were observed in the experimental animals when
                                   137

-------
9OU
£ 520
Z
^ 480
Q 44°
| 400
eg
£ 360
—
X~ 320
Q
280
| 240
200
160
120
A-
• 	
f
J
"" /^
V
If
" //
/
_/
• " "
-
-^IRRADIATED
-^NON-IRRADIATED
-•CONTROL
t
'-^ T /

^^^
^ i.
^
4
_

r^\


i
\
\
s
/ \
\
1
^ * """i

\ >
\T
\
N;
i— ^
"*"**4 1
i «

^(
JL
1 | I 1

0*- EXPOSURE-*-


1234
WEEKS
Figure 2.    Serum LDH activities in animals exposed
        to engine emissions without catalytic converter
                     138

-------
the converter was used, or when they were exposed to CO.  Serum lysozymc

activity was not assayed in the experiment conducted without a catalytic

converter; however, in the experiment with a converter, the exposed

animals did not show any statistically significant elevation.  From the

above preliminary results, it appears that the target organs of the

toxic components present in the emissions from engines without catalytic

converters are probably the lungs and/or kidneys.

     The introduction of catalytic converters into the automobile exhaust

system not only has reduced the levels of certain exhaust constituents,

but has effectively decreased or eliminated the biological effects

studied.
REFERENCES

1.   Hinners, R. G. and J. K. Burkart.  Auto Exhaust Facility
     Modification. Environmental Protection Agency, National
     Environmental Research Center, Environmental Toxicology
     Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  Annual Report,
     1973.

2.   Malanchuk, N. Barkley, G. Contner, M. Richards, and R. Slater.
     Exhaust Emissions During Steady-Speed Runs With The Catalytic
     Converter In The Exhaust System.  Environmental Protection
     Agency, National Environmental Research Center, environmental
     Toxicology Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  Annunl
     Report, 1973.

3.   Mysell, H. K., W. Moore, R. (.'.. MilJor, M. Mai.nu link, and
     J. Stara .   Comparison of liiolo}>icvi I  !•.ITcrls In l.;ihor.il ory
     Animals Of exposure To Auto ('.missions With .mil Without A
     Use of Catalytic Converter.  A paper  prcscnlcil .-it the
     Annual Meeting of Air Pollution Control Association,
     June 9-14, 1974.
                                   139

-------
                         l:i-M-.Ub III- I:XI'USURE TO WHOLE EXHAUST EMISSIONS
                 FROM AN  AUTOMOBILE ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH A
                          NOBLE MGTAL CATALYST

                         W. Moore and D. Hysell

                                   and

        J. B. Boatman, D. C. Thake, J. S. Walter and S. D. Carter
                      Batellc Columbus laboratories
                               INTRODUCTION


     A contract  (No. 68-03-0295) was let to Batelle Columbus Laboratories

for morphological examination  of lung tissues from hamsters exposed in

the TAME L study.  The exposure criteria and aerometry for TAME L arc

given in other reports in this document  (TAME STUDIES ADDENDA - Aerometry

Data for TAME-L).  This study  was designed to determine whether

detectable changes were evident in the airways of hamsters exposed to

irradiated and nonirradiated catalytic treated auto emissions.  Light

microscopy and scanning electron microscopy were used to evaluate

morphologic characteristics.

                                METHODS

     For this study, 5 hamsters were sacrificed from each of the following

groups:

     Group I  -  nonirradiated exhaust,  14-day exposure

     Group II -  irradiated exhaust, 14-day exposure

     Group III - control air,  14-day exposure

     Group IV -  nonirradiated exhaust,  27-day exposure

     Group V  -  irradiated exhaust, 27-day exposure

     Group V  -  irradiated exhaust, 27-day exposure

     Group VI -  control air,  27-day exposure
                                   140

-------
     F.;ich animal was anesthetized with sodium pcntnharbitul ip, hcparinizcd,
and trachea exposed and cannulatcd.  'Hie lungs were fixed in situ under
pressure with Karnovsky's for 30 minutes and excised and fixed an additional
60 minutes.  The lungs were then rinsed free of extraneous fixative and
placed in cold buffer for transporting to Battelle.  In the Battelle-
Golumbus laboratories, part of the lung (superior right lobe) was prepared
for scanning electron microscopy and part for light microscopy.  All SEM
evaluations were performed with a Cambridge Mark II stcreoscan instrument
with beam accelerating voltages of 20 mv.  A total of  434 photomicrographs
was taken of fine-structural detail from 122 tissue fragments for evaluation.

                                 RESULTS
Scanning Electron Microscopy
     Only minor differences could be identified betxveen specific groups
of exposed hamsters, and no areas were found in any bronchiolar surface
which could be considered to represent significant lesions or sites of
major evidence for injury.  This general observation was also supported
by the evaluation of light microscopy sections.
     Such differences as were observed were considered to be subjective
assessments of relatively limited areas of the bronchiolar surface areas
under higher magnification.  Variation in surface topography from site
to site was characteristic of all bronchiolar surfaces examined.  Marked
variations between samples from the same lung, and between animals of the
same group, were also observed.  Exposure to the irradiated and non-
irradiated exhaust appeared not to have impaired the functional integrity
of the bronchiolar surfaces to a level sufficient to exert substantial
structural and morphological changes, or to result in sites of frank

lesions.
                                     141

-------
Histology




     There was a moderate degree of variability in morphologic features




of bronchiolar epithelium among bronchioles within a given lung, and among




lungs from different animals.  The bronchiolar epithelium was generally




columnar to cuboidal with flattened epithelium evident in limited areas




of bronchioles from several specimens, including those from control groups.




Bronchiolar epithelium was generally one cell layer thick although two




or more layers were occasionally visible.  There was a "piling up" of




bronchiolar epithelial cells in most specimens examined.   This appearance




possibly results from contraction of the bronchiole at death or during




processing.  Cellular protrusions were evident in nearly all specimens




examined being more prominent in some sections than others.   These




protrusions probably represent the nonciliated cells described above and




seen in the SEM photomicrographs.  There was generally a decrease in




numbers of cilia in the smaller bronchioles.  Cilia at all levels were




irregular in distribution as judged by histologic appearance.  There was




moderate variation in appearance and distribution of cilia within




bronchioles of a given specimen, and this variation was generally consistent




throughout all specimens examined.




     The only lesions observed were minor and were noted in animals from




control groups as well as exposed groups.  These lesions consisted of




small foci of mononuclear cell accumulations on the visceral pleura,




small foci of mononuclear cell accumulations adjacent to bronchioles, in




one instance a collection of ncutrophils in 3 adjacent alveoli.  These




changes, due to their nature and the fact that they appeared in control
                                    142

-------
groups with frequency similar to that of exposure groups.   Changes



correlatable to the variations described from SEM evaluations were not



observed.
                                     143

-------
           AUTO EXHAUST TOX1C1TY AND THE RKMOVAL OF PART1CULATE
             FROM THE LUNG--  CATALYTIC CONTROL DEVICE STUDIES

  L. Hall, J. Adams, I. Washington, K. Campbell, Y. Yang, and W. Moore


                              INTRODUCTION

     The pulmonary route with a surface area of approximately 70m2 is

the major portal of entry for atmospheric pollutants and therefore the

first site where toxic effects can occur.  Self-cleansing mechanisms arc

necessary for maintaining the overall integrity of this system. Intoxicants

which alter this system can therefore have a profound effect on the

ability of the organ to perform its physiological role. In order to

assess the effect of auto exhaust pollutants on this system, a challenge

test using an inert particulate, titanium dioxide, for assessing the

physiological state of the protective mechanisms was performed on hamsters

exposed to nonirradiatcd and irradiated auto exhaust.

                                 METHODS

     One hundred thirty five (135) adult male Syrian hamsters weighing

approximately 120 gms were randomized into three treatment groups (45

each) with three subsets (15/set) per group.  Following seven days

exposure to auto exhaust under conditions described by Hinners and

Malanchuk (see this report), the hamsters were exposed to a test atmosphere

of titanium dioxide at a mean concentration of 16.4 mg Ti02/ni3 for 7.25

hours.  The test Ti02 dust had an AMMD of 0.88 yM with a og of 1.67.

Immediately following the challenge, fifteen animals from each of the

clean air control (CA), nonirradiated (NI) and irradiated (I) exhaust

-------
treatments were sacrificed with pcntobarbital, .ind the lungs removed for




titanium analysis.  The remaining hamsters were returned to their respective



treatment atmosphere.  Additional subsets of 15 animals from each treatment




(CA, NT, I) were sacrificed after 8 and 25 days of exposure.  The lungs




were weighed, lyopholized, wet ashed and assayed for Ti by a spectrophotometric




method using 4,4-diantipyrylmethane monohydrate.*  The results are




expressed as wg Ti/gm lung dry weight and as percent of initial deposition.




                                RESULTS




     Immediately following exposure to Ti02, an average of 109.98 vg



Ti02 (65.99 pg Ti) was deposited in the lungs.  This is equivalent to a




pulmonary deposition of 15.4 ml of aerosol per minute which is in good




agreement with values (11.0) estimated from the data of Fcrin (1971).*




  Table 1 shows the lung burden of titanium expressed as yg Ti/gm lung




dry weight and as percent of initial deposition at 0, 8, and 25 days




post Ti02 challenge in hamsters exposed to clean air, nonirradiated and




irradiated exhaust.  No statistically significant treatment effects were




observed when the data as ug Ti/gm lung were analyzed by analysis of




variance.  However, when the data for each treatment were normalized to




percent of initial deposition, a significant increase (12.5%) in titanium




clearance was noted on day eight.  No effect was seen on day 25, possibly




due to an unexplained larger variance in these groups.  This pattern of




behavior was noted in another study (Hall eit aK, unpublished)
                                 145

-------
                                     Table  1

           Pulmonary Clearance folloxving Exposure to Catalytic-Treated
                    Auto Exhaust:  Ti02 Challenge Lung Burden


                     Lung  Burden of Test Titanium iJg/gm/(% initial deposition)
 Treatment   N/CeJl    Day 0                Day 8               Day 24


   CA          15     561.06                519.37              412.65
                      (100)                 (92.61)             (73.55)


Nonirradiated  15     588.50                532.42              392.81
  Exhaust             (100)                 (90.49)             (66.74)


Irradiated     15     571.22                463.11              401.40
  Exhaust             (100)                 (80.99)*            (70.27)
      *Significant at p =  .05
                                    146

-------
                               DISCUSSION




     Maintanence of the integrity of the pulmonary cleansing mechanisms




is of paramount importance to the well-being of the organism.  Changes




in these parameters, such as increased sputum i.e. mucus production,  arc




correlated with chronic obstructive lung disease.^  Experimental induction




of lung cancer in an animal model was considered a difficult task before



the discovery of administering the chemical carcinogen carried by an




inert dust.   Consequently, exposure to air pollutants which effect the




pulmonary cleansing mechanism could have profound  adverse effects on  the




well-being of the organism.




     In this study, the efficiency of the lung cleansing mechanism was




assessed by exposing the hamsters to a test dust with minimal biological




activity and very low solubility.  By comparison to clean air control



animal deposition and clearance behavior, changes  due to experimental




treatment can be detected by difference in initial deposition (existent




lung  pathology or abnormal physiology) or changes in the rate and




extent of removal of the challenge from the lungs  of the auto exhaust




exposed animals.  Following continuous exposure to catalytic treated




auto exhaust for seven days, no difference in initial TiOj deposition




was found between the control and treatment groups.  This would suggest




minimal or no obstructive pulmonary pathology.




     An accelerated removal of the inert dust was  found in hamsters




exposed to irradiated exhaust at eight days post challenge suggesting




an increase in the rate of phagocytosis-mucociliary clearance




mechanism.  Twenty-five days after administration  of Ti02, no difference
                                   147

-------
between the controls and treatment groups were detected.  This was due

to the large increase in vnriance in this time period.  The significance

of this phenomenon is not known.  Likewise it is not possible from this

experimental design to determine whether those parameters responsible

for the eight day affect remained changed or returned to control rates.

Further studies are necessary to ascertain any long term effects of the

observed change in pulmonary clearance and its physiological significance.
REFERENCES

1.   Ferin, J.  (1971)  Papain-induced Emphysema and the Elimination
     of Ti02 Particulates from the Lungs.  Amer. Ind. Hyg. J. 34, 260.

2.   Health Consequences of Sulfur Oxides:  A Report from CHESS, 1970-
     1971.  EPA-650/1-74-004, May, 1974.

3.   Sattoitti, V., F. Cefis, L. Kolb, and P. Shubik.  (1965) Experimental
     Studies of the Conditions of Exposure to Carcinogens for Lung
     Cancer Induction.  JAPCA 15, 23.
                                   148

-------
                      Appendix B6.1
            Meteoro 1 ogica 1. Mode 11 .ing:	Summary

     An essential step between identification of an emission
product and assessment of potential  public health risk is the
ability to estimate human exposures.  For pollutants specific
to the automobile, a highway air pollution model has been de-
veloped to predict stable, gaseous  pollutant concentrations
under various meterological conditions at the edge of and at
substantial distances from a "simple"  highway (Appendix  B6.2)
Exposure predictions specific to unique catalyst non-regulated
emissions products (sulfuric acid aerosols and noble metal
participates) have been estimated utilizing this gaseous dis-
persion model.  A contractural program with ESL, Incorporated
(Contract no. 68-02-1233) was undertaken in June, 1973 to assess
the applicability of this model under real-world conditions by
measurement of a gaseous inert tracer (SFcj released from a
moving vehicle.  A final report has not been received at this
time.
     The dispersion model discussed relates to distribution of
a stable, gaseous emission product.   The validity of the exposure
estimates calculated using this model  for acid aerosols or parti -
culates is not qualitatively known.  In addition, application of
such a model to complex vehicular sources or downtown street
canyons is probably inappropriate.  An expanded FY75/76 program
has been planned to assess the validity of the gaseous dispersion
model for estimating exposures to aerosols and particulates from
moving vehicular sources.  It is also intended that a complex
source/street canyon dispersion model  be developed.
                                   149

-------
     The attached paper "Line Source Modeling" (B6.2) was recently prepared
which discusses the Gaussian approach to modelling the line source in more
detail than previously available and shows sensitivity of the model  to
several parameter changes.  The paper uses the catalyst-sulfate issue as
an example, and therefore expands upon the similar usage in EPA's  earlier
projections of sulfate exposures on and near major highways.
     The ESL contract, discussed above, which utilizes SF, as a trace to
validate the line source dispersion model, while not in final report form,
suggests that the sigma parameters used are too small by a factor  of two  or
three within 100m downwind of the highway.  There are also indications that
the Gaussian nature of dispersion closer than 20m to the highway should be
questioned.  A more extensive discussion of the sigma problem is found in
the attached paper, "State-of-the-Art of Transportation Diffusion  Calcula-
tions including Recommended Improvements"  (B6.3).
                                      ISO

-------
                                    EPA-650/4-74-008

                  Appendix B6.2
      USER'S  GUIDE FOR HIWAY,

A HIGHWAY AIR  POLLUTION  MODEL
                     by

                John R. Zimmerman
                     and
                Roger S. Thompson
               Program Element 1AA009
       NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER
         OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
        U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C. 27711

                  February 1975
                     151

-------
                  USER'S  GUIDE  FOR HIWAY,

             A HIGHWAY AIR POLLUTION MODEL


                          1. INTRODUCTION

    The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 requires any Federally
funded highway construction project to be preceded by an impact statement
analyzing the effect of the proposed roadway on air quality.  This report
describes a computer program, called HIWAY, for calculating air quality
levels of nonreactive pollutants produced by highway automotive traffic at
distances of tens to hundreds of meters downwind of the highway in rela-
tively uncomplicated terrain.
    In making estimates of pollution concentrations for an "at-grade" high-
way , highway emissions are considered to be equivalent to a series of finite
line sources.  Each lane of traffic is modeled as though it  were a straight,
continuous, finite line source with a uniform emission rate. Air pollution
concentrations downwind from a line source are found by  a numerical
integration along the line source of a simple Gaussian point-source plume.
Although most applications of this model will be for ground-level sources
and receptors, and for receptors close to the source where mixing height
will have almost no effect,  the more general case of nonzero source and
receptor heights and inclusion of the effects of mixing height can be con-
sidered by the model.
    The HIWAY model  is similar to the  line-source equations (5.19 and
5.20) in the Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates (Turner, 1970)
but can also consider finite line sources at any angle to the wind.
    An estimate may also be made of air pollution  concentrations downwind
of a "cut section."  To do this, the top  of the cut section is considered to be

                                 152

-------
equivalent to an area source.  This area source is simulated by using a
series of ten equal line sources such that the total source strength is equal
to the total pollution emissions of the highway.
    No pollution emissions module is included in the batch (card input)
version of the model.  A value of the line-source strength, q (g m   sec  ),
                                                         AF
for each lane of traffic must be obtained from a separate computation (Beaton
et al., 1972).  Line-source strength is generally a function of traffic rate,
average vehicle speed, and traffic mix (fraction of heavy-duty vehicles,
fraction of late models with emission control devices, etc.). Data input for
the HIWAY program can be accomplished in two ways:  (1) through batch
mode,  with data cards that follow the program deck (see Section 4 for
format) and (2) through continuous mode, that is, interactively on a time-
share computer terminal.  The term interactive refers to the information
exchange between the user and the computer program in asking and
answering questions.
    In the interactive version of the model, to be discussed in Section 4
and Appendix A, the user can obtain a crude estimate of line-source emission
rate for the pollutant carbon monoxide.  If one does not enter emission rates
interactively, an estimate of emission rate can be determined by entering a
value for vehicle speed and traffic volume per hour for each lane of traffic.
This emission rate is representative of that for 1969 model-year automobiles
(Ludwig et al.,  1970) .  According to Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission
Factors (EPA, 1973) , this emission factor of 58.7 g veh"1 mi"1 for a speed
of 19.6 mi hr"1 is also representative of emissions for the vehicle model mix
near the end of 1973.  See Table 3.1.1-1 in EPA, 1973.
                                   153

-------
                      2.  DESCRIPTION OF  MODEL

AT-GRADE HIGHWAY
    A view of an idealized four-lane at-grade highway is shown in Figure 1.
Traffic pollution emissions from each lane are simulated in the computer
model by a straight line source of finite length.  As shown in Figure 1 for a
four-lane highway, the location of the highway is specified by the coordi-
nates at the centerline  (from edge to edge) of the highway (points 1 and 2).
The ordering of the lanes is from left to right when one looks from point 1
to point 2.  One lane or any even number of lanes from 2 to 24 can be used
in the model.
    The width of the highway and its center strip must also be entered as
input data. With this information; the computer program HIWAY will assign
a finite uniform line source to each lane of traffic.  These line sources are
placed at the  center of each traffic lane.
    A uniform emission rate, q ,  must be specified for each  line source.
                             Jb
This line-source emission rate can be found if the emission factor, EF
(g veh"1 mi~  ), and the traffic volume,  TV  (veh hr  ) , are known:

                           EF (g veil'1 mi'1) TV (veh  hr'1)
         q-(gsec~1 nT1) = 	:—        (1)
                           1609.3(m mi'1) 3600 (sec hr"1)

                         = 1.726 x 10"7 (EF)  (TV)

A value of the emission factor for vehicles can be obtained from the most
current issue of Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (EPA, 1973).
It should be noted  that for many pollutants the emission factor varies with
vehicle speed.
Calculations
    The calculation of concentration is made by a numerical integration of
the Gaussian  plume point-source equation over a finite length. The coordi-
nates (meters) of the end points of a line source of length D (meters) ,

                                IBM

-------
WIND| DIRECTION
                                                                                 RECEPTOR
 Figure 1.  Overhead view of the geometry of at-grade highway as seen by the computer model.
 The endpoints of the highway are specified by the centerline coordinates, (R-| ,S-|) and (R2.S2).
 while the  receptor coordinates are given as (R|<,S|,).  Line sources (four) are indicated by
 the dashed lines at the center of each lane of traffic.
                                           155

-------
representing a single lane extending from point A to point B (see Figure 2),
are RA>SA and RB>SB•  Tne direction of the line source from A to B is 0
(degrees).  The coordinates, R,S, of any point along the line at an arbitrary
distance, i (meters), from point A are given by:
R  =
                                    + t sin 0
(2)
s  = s
                                                                       (3)
NORTH
  t
                                                   WIND
        %SA)
                                           RECEPTOR
                                            (Rk,Sk)
                                                                           EAST
                 Figure 2. Line source and receptor relationships.
                                    156

-------
    uiven a receptor at "jf^fc* me aownwina distance, x ^meters; , ana
the crosswind distance, y (meters) , of the receptor from the point R,S for
any wind direction , 9 (degrees) , is given by:

                   x =  (S - Sfc) cos 0' + (K - Rfc) sin 8                    (4)

                   y =  (S - Sfc) sin 0 - (K - Kfc) cos 0                    (5)
Since R and S are functions of a , x and y are also functions of I .  The con-
centration, X (g m~3) , from ihe line source is then given by:
                                                                        (6)
where:
    U  = wind speed, m sec"
    D  = line source length, meters
    /   = point source dispersion function (Equations 7 to 9), m~*
For application of this model to a highway segment in relatively open terrain,
an approximate estimate of the wind speed, u, at 2 meters height above
ground is suitable.
    For stable conditions or if the mixing height is  >. 5000 meters,
where:
    oy  = standard deviation of the concentration distribution in the
          crosswind direction,  meters
    o z  = standard deviation of the concentration distribution in the
          vertical direction, meters
    z   = receptor height above ground, meters
    H   = effective source height,' meters
                                    157

-------
In unstable or neutral conditions, if °z is greater than 1.6 times the mixing
height, L (meters) , the distribution below the mixing height is  uniform with
height regardless of source or receptor height, provided both are less than
the mixing height:
                                                                      (8)
    In all other unstable or neutral conditions:
    f ='
          exp  - -
                                                  - H - 2NI/
        + exp - -
                      H
          exp
_ 1  fz + H + 2NL\ 2~1
" 2  (    ^    ) \
(9)
The infinite series in Equation 9 converges rapidly, and more than four or
five sums of the four terms are seldom required.
    In each of the three above equations, °y and °z are evaluated for the
given stability class and the distances x + b for oy and x + a for ° z.  The
virtual distances, a and b (km) , are required to produce the initial
oz and oy (ozo and ay0) • respectively.
    If z, H, or both are zero, the resulting simpler forms of Equations  7,
8, and 9 are used by the computer program.
                                 158

-------
    The value of the integral in Equation 6 is approximated by use of the
trapezoidal rule. Let A X. = D/N.  Then the trapezoidal approximation gives:
            X =
                 q
                  i
                   u
                                           N-l
1
2
/A/)
(10)
where fa is evaluated, as appropriate, from Equation 7, 8, or 9 for t = iA £.
The distances or and y are, of course, functions of £.
    For a given initial choice of the interval length, A £, the calculation is
then successively repeated with twice the number of intervals, that is,
with A £/2, A £/4  .... until the concentration estimates converge to within 2
percent of the previous estimate.  This value is then used as the value of
the integral.
    The above evaluation of the integral is repeated for each lane of traffic,
and the resulting concentrations are summed to represent the total concen-
tration from the highway segment.

Computer Model
    The FORTRAN computer program consists of a main program, three
subroutines, and two functions. The main program  handles input and sets
up a separate line source for each lane of traffic. Subroutine DBTLNE does
the integration and  output of results.  This subroutine calls DBTRCX, which
evaluates Equations 7, 8, or 9, or simplifications of  these equations if H or z
is zero. Evaluation of  Oy and a z are done by subroutine DBTSIG, which is
called from DBTRCX. Functions XVY and XVZ determine virtual distances
for  a given stability class corresponding to the initial ay and initial az,
respectively.
    An east-north coordinate system is used in the computer model.  The
width of the highway and of its center strip, the coordinates of the centerline
of the highway, and the coordinates of the receptor(s) are input parameters.

                                   159

-------
It should be noted that in Equations 4 and 5, x and y refer to a coordinate
system aligned along the wind vector (jc the downwind direction,  and y the
crosswind direction).  That system is distinct from the coordinate system
used for locating sources and receptors in the model.
    In the basic equations given earlier (Equations 2 to 5) , units  of the
coordinate system have been specified as meters for dimensional balance.
However, units of the computer coordinate system, for practicality, are in
kilometers.  The user may use any convenient highway map unit if he enters
an appropriate scaling factor to convert those units to kilometers. For
example, if it is desired to use the units of meters  for highway coordinates,
the scale factor should be entered as 0.001. Section 4 contains a list of the
input variables, including a brief description of each of the units  by which
the input parameters must be expressed. An example of input data,  as well
as the output of a run made with the example input data, is given  in Appendix
A.
CUT SECTION
    Estimates  of air pollution concentrations at locations downwind of a
depressed highway (cut section) can be determined by considering the top
of the cut section to be an area source of pollution  (Figure 3) .   In the model,
this area source is approximated by using ten line sources located at the  top
of the cut section.  The total emission rate for the highway is first found by
adding together the emission rates for each individual lane of traffic. Then
this emission rate is distributed equally over each of the ten line sources
used to  simulate the area source at the top of the cut section.
    Once this  has been done, the procedure used to determine pollutant
concentrations downwind of the cut section is entirely similar to the procedure
used to  determine the concentrations for an at-grade highway.  It should be
emphasized that these estimates of  air pollution concentrations should be
made for receptors downwind of the cut section and not for locations inside the
cut section itself.
                                   160

-------
                                                              VERTICAL CROSS SECTION OF
                                                              POLLUTION SPREADING FROM
                                                              TOP OF CUT SECTION.
Figure 3.  Method of simulating dispersion from a cut section.  In this illustration, there
are four lanes of traffic in a cut section with pollution emission rates q-j, q£, 93, and 04.
These emission rates are summed up and distributed equally over ten line sources placed
at the top of the cut section, \e.,t\  =(q
                                             161

-------
                 3.  DISPERSION FUNCTIONS 
-------
where c and d (degrees) are functions of Pasquill stability class and the
normalizing distance, xo, is  1 km.  Values of the parameters c and d are
given in Table 2.

                    Table 2.  VALUES OF c  AND d
                        USED TO CALCULATE0n
Stability class
A (1)
B (2)
C (3)
D (4)
E (5)
F (6)
Value, degrees
c
24.167
18.333
12.5
8.333
6.25
4.167
d
2.5334
1.8096
1.0857
0.72382
0.54287
0.36191
    The vertical dispersion parameter value,
equations of the form:
                          =  9
                                 x + a
                                   x
                                     o
az (meters) ,  is given by
                      (13)
where a is the virtual distance (km) to give the initial oz (meters) ,  and
g (meters) and h (dimensionless) are functions of stability class and also
various ranges of the distance x.  When a is zero, the values are the same
as those in Figure 3-3 of Turner (1970) .  Since the values of oz for  x less
than 0.1 km are not given in that figure, the values of the parameters g and
h for or less than 0.1 km are given in Table 3.  The values corresponding
to g and h for x at other distances can be determined by examining the
program listing for subroutine DBTSIG (Appendix B) .
    Turbulence of the air produced by the motion of automobiles results in
a rapid mixing of the pollutants near the highway.  This is modeled  by
assuming  that an initial spreading of the pollutant plume occurs over the
highway.  To determine an acceptable initial vertical plume spread, data
taken near at-grade sections from various highways were used.  When the
                                   163

-------
             Table 3.  VALUES OF g AND h USED TO DETERMINE az
                 FOR DOWNWIND DISTANCES LESS THAN 0.1  km
Stability class
A (1)
B (2)
C (3)
D (4)
E (5)
F (6)
Value
g, meters
122.8
90.673
61.141
34.459
24.26
15.209
/it di men's ionl ess
0.9447
0.93198
0.91465
0.86974
0.8366
0.81558
wind direction is less than 75 degrees from the perpendicular to the highway,
it has been shown that an approximate expression can be used to determine
pollutant concentrations from an infinite line source (Calder, 1973).  Solving
this expression for  oz yields:
*z(x)  =
                                   C(p) u cosy
                                                                   (14)
where:
    oz (x) = the vertical standard deviation of plume distribution
              at the downwind distance, x, from the source
    C(p)  = the measured concentrations at the perpendicular distance,
            p (meters) , from the highway
                                      g  m
                                                           -3
    Y     = the angle between the wind direction and a perpendicular
            to the highway, degrees
    By making estimates of the line-source emission rate, q 0 , and obtaining
                                                        J6
observed data for air pollution concentrations, a plot of oz versus distance
was determined (Figure 4).  From this analysis, it is seen that an initial
o z ( aZQ) equal to 1.5 meters is a conservative approximation of the vertical

-------
    20

    18

    16

    14

    12
 ID
 g.  .
                                                     o
                                                     o
                             100          150         200          250
                     PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE DOWNWIND OF HIGHWAY, meters
  Figure 4.  Data points used to determine an estimate of initial 
-------
cross-highway spreading caused by vehicle-generated turbulence when the
wind direction is parallel or nearly parallel to the highway.
    The virtual distances, a, corresponding to an initial oz of 1.5 meters
and the virtual distances, b, corresponding to an initial  Oy of 3.0 meters
for each stability class are given in Table 4.

               Table 4.  VIRTUAL DISTANCES a AND b
             CORRESPONDING TO  INITIAL o-z OF 1.5 METERS
            AND INITIAL o-y OF  3.0 METERS, RESPECTIVELY
Stability class
A (1)
B (2)
C (3)
D (4)
E (5)
F (6)
Distance, km
a
0.00944
0.01226
0.01736
0.02722
0.03590
0.05842
b
0.00863
0.0132
0.0210
0.0348
0.0471
0.0733
    There are very few published measurements of air quality downwind
of a cut section. Nevertheless, the available data indicate that the cut-
section configuration tends to increase the dispersion of the air pollution
originating from the cut section.  This is particularly true when wind
speeds are light, for then the release of heat from combustion, the long
travel  time of the pollutant to the receptor, and mechanical turbulence
produced by the cut-section highway aid the dispersion. Thus , for the
cut-section case, based upon very limited data, the initial  o's for wind
speeds less than 1 m sec"1 were set at 10 meters for Oy and 5 meters for
oz.  It was  assumed that for wind speeds greater than 3 m  sec"1 the cut
section did not enhance the initial dispersion and that it was the same as
for the at-grade highway:  3  meters for oy and 1.5 meters  for oz.  For
speeds between 1 and 3 m see"1, the initial sigmas are linearly interpolated.
These  initial o's are assumed for each of the ten lanes used to represent the
cut.  The initial values of oy and  oz  (meters) are found from:
                                   166

-------
'yo   =  3
                              for u  > 3 m sec
(15)
"yo   =  10-7
                              for 1 < u<3  m sec
(16)

-------
                 4. PREPARATION  OF INPUT DATA

CARD INPUT SEQUENCE
    The arrangement of data on the input cards for the batch mode of
operation is given in Table 5.  The coordinates of the roadway are in the
center of the highway  (from edge to edge) .  The ordering of the lanes is
from left to right when looking from point 1 to point 2.
INTERACTIVE OPERATION
    The HIWAY model has been placed on the Environmental Protection
Agency's (EPA) Users' Network for Applied Modeling of Air Pollution
(UNAMAP)  computer system and is accessible to EPA users. The  model is
also on the  UNAMAP system available to all users.  For information on this
system contact:  Chief, Data Management, Meteorology Laboratory, U .S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711.
    The self-explanatory listing produced by the model on a remote com-
puter terminal is shown in Appendix A to illustrate the operation of the
model in an interactive mode.  The computer communicates to the user in
upper  case letters, while the user replies in lower case letters. To initiate
the program, the user issues the command, hiway.
    Operation of the model in an interactive mode is similar to batch mode
operation.  To determine  emission rates for the pollutant carbon monoxide,
however, the user can elect the option to use the internally generated
emission rates for carbon monoxide that are representative of the emissions
for the vehicle model mix near  the end of 1973.  This applies a correction
factor for vehicle speed.
                                 168

-------
                               Table 5.   INPUT  DATA  CARDS
Name
Card type 1 (1 card)
Head
Card type 2 (1 card)
RE PI
SEP1
REP2
SEP2
H
WIDTH
CNTR
XNL
Card type 3 (up to 3
cards)
QLS
Card type 4 (1 cards
can be blank for at
grade)
CUT
WIDTC
Card type 5 (1 card)
THETA
U
HL
XKST
Card type 6 (1 card)
GS
Card type 7 (any num-
ber of cards)
XXRR
XXSR
Z
Columns

1-80

1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
51-60
61-70
71-80
1-80

1-10
11-20

1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
1-10

1-10
11-20
21-30
Format

20A4
'
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0

F10.0
F10.0

F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0

F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
Form

AAAA

XXXX.XXX
XXXX.XXX
XXXX.XXX
XXXX.XXX
XX. X
XX.
XX.
X.
.xxxxxxxxx

X.
XX.

XXX.
XX. X
xxxx.
X.
X.

XXXX.XXX
XXXX.XXX
XX.
Variable

Alphanumeric data for
heading

East coordinate, point 1
North coordinate, point 1
East coordinate, point 2
North coordinate, point 2
Height of line source
Total width of highway
Width of center strip
Number of traffic lanes
Emission rate for each lane

1, 1f cut; 0. 1f at grade
Width of top of cut section

Wind direction
Wind speed
Height of mixing layer
Pasqulll stability class
Scale factor9

East coordinate of recep-
tor13
North coordinate of recep-
tor
Height (above ground) of
receptor
Units



Map units
Map units
Map units
Map units
Meters
Meters
Meters
-
g secern"1

-
Meters

Degrees
•n sec"1
Meters
-
„

Map units
Map units
Meters
a The scale factor converts map units to kilometers.
     If map units In  kilometers, scale factor •  1.0
     If map units 1n  meters,
     If map units In .feet,
     If map units 1n  miles,

bTo begin again  with  another set of data,  a value of 9999. is punched for XXRR  (card type 7)
 following the last receptor card.
scale factor = 0.001
scale factor = 0.000305
scale factor • 1.61
                                             169

-------
                             REFERENCES
Beaton, J .L., A .J. Ranzieri,  and J .B. Skog (1972) . Motor Vehicle Emission
    Factors for Estimates of Highway Impact on Air Quality.  In:  Air Quality
    Manual, Vol. 2.  California Department of Public Works, Division of
    Highways.  Sacramento, California.  Report No. FHWA-RD-72-34.
    April 1972. 58 p.

Calder, K .L. (1973). On Estimating Air Pollution Concentrations from a
    Highway in an Oblique Wind.  Atmos. Environ.  7_: 863-868, September
    1973.

EPA (1973) . Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, 2nd Ed.  U .S .
    Environmental Protection Agency.  Research Triangle Park, North
    Carolina.  Publication No. AP-42.  April 1973.

Holzworth, G .C. (1972) .  Mixing Heights, Wind Speeds, and Potential for
    Urban Air Pollution throughout the Contiguous United States.  U.S .
    Environmental Protection Agency.  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
    Publication No. AP-101. 1972.  118 p.

Ludwig, F .L. , W .B.  Johnson, A .E . Moon, and R .L. Mancuso (1970)  . A
    Practical Multipurpose Diffusion Model for Carbon Monoxide.  Stanford
    Research Institute. Menlo Park, California.  Contracts CAPA-3-68 and
    CPA 22-69-64. 184 p.

Pasquill, F. (1961).  The Estimation of the Dispersion of Windborne Material.
    Meteorol. Mag.  90(1063): 33-49, 1961.

Turner, D .B.  (1970) . Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates.  U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency.  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
    Publication No. AP-26.  1970.  84 p.
                                170

-------
                                GLOSSARY

    Several frequently used terms have become part of the jargon used by
air quality dispersion modelers,  and these terms are defined briefly in this
section.  For a more complete discussion of the concepts implied by these
terms, the reader should consult the references cited.
    Stability class:  Atmosoheric stability ranked according to classes, which
are given in indexes A through F (or 1 through 6), as shown in Table 1  (Pas-
quill , 1961).  Class A is very unstable and is found when skies are clear and
sunny, while class F is moderately stable and occurs under calm conditions
on clear nights.
    Mixing height:   The height to which pollutants are actively mixed. The
air close to the earth's surface generally becomes unstable after sunrise,
resulting  in a zone  of vigorous atmospheric mixing in the layer of air at ground
level.  The height of this layer increases after sunrise and reaches a maximum
about 4: 00 p.m. (Holzworth, 1972). For most locations close to the pollution
source, the mixing height will have very little influence on the calculation of
pollution concentration.  When the receptor is located at a great distance from
the pollution source and the travel time of the pollutant from source to recep-
tor location is long, the mixing height will be the limiting height to which
pollution will spread vertically.
    Receptor:  A location for which it  is desired  to predict pollutant concen-
trations.  When a model is being  validated, it is necessary to obtain model
predictions at the receptor locations for which air quality data  are measured.
    Emission rate of a line source:   An estimate of the amount of pollution being
generated by a line source  (e.g.  , lane of automobile traffic) .   To determine this
value, two pieces of information are required:  (1) the volume  of traffic  and
(2) the emission factor, which is dependent on vehicle speed.  The emission
rate can then be determined by
                          q£  =  (CV) (EF)  (TV)

                                     171

-------
where:
    q   = line source emission rate,  g sec" 1 m~ *
                              -1   -i
    EF  = emission factor, g veh   mi  A
    TV  = traffic volume, veh hr"1
    CV  - conversion constant = 1.726 x 10"  ,  mi hr m~  see"*
    oy and az: The standard  deviation of concentration distribution in the
horizontal and vertical planes, respectively.  The values of Oy and  07 will
increase with downwind distance from the source of pollution as the  dimensions
of the pollution plume increase. This increase in pollution plume dimension is
caused by atmospheric turbulence. The intensity of atmospheric turbulence is
in turn related to atmospheric stability. The plume growth will be greatest in
an unstable atmosphere (more turbulence) and least when the atmosphere is
stable.
                                     172

-------
APPENDIX A.  EXAMPLE PROBLEM
           173

-------
INTRODUCTION
    In order to clarify the procedure for using both the batch and interactive
(continuous) versions of the HIWAY model,  the following test problem is solved
using both versions.
    Given:  Length of highway - 5 km.
            Orientation - east-west.
            Number of lanes - four.
            Road width (edge to edge) - 46 meters.
            Median width - 30 meters.
            Emission rate in each lane from south to north - 0.0112, 0.0103,
              0.0106, and  0.0156 g sec'1 m"1.
            Wind direction - 42 degrees.
            Wind speed - 3.7 in sec"  .
            Stability class - 3.
    Find:   The expected concentration at receptors along a line perpendicular
            to the center of the highway segment at distances 1,  5 , 10, 30,  and
            50 meters from the downwind edge of the roadway (1) if the road
            is an at-grade section, and (2) if the road is a cut section with the
            top of the cut being 50 motors in width.

SOLUTION USING THE INTERACTIVE VERSION
    Assuming that you have already logged on the computer, etc., type in the
name hiway  as indicated in Table A-l.  You are then given the choice of re-
ceiving a description of the model.  Following that, enter the input parameters
as the model calls for them.  Most of them are self-explanatory; however,  a
few comments are in order:
    1.  When  entering the mixing height never use the value 0.
    2.  If you do not want the  effect of a limit to vertical mixing in your cal-
        culation , use a large enough mixing height so that there  is no chance
        of its influencing your results, such as 5000 metors.
                                     174

-------
    3.  When entering the receptor coordinates, remember that this program
        is valid only downwind of the line source.  A receptor location defined
        on the line source will not give a valid answer.  If you are interested
        in the concentration at the edge of the highway, use a downwind dis-
        tance greater than 0.1 meter from the edge of the highway and the
        result will be valid.
    4.  The coordinates for the ends of the roadway segment are assumed to
        be in the center of the road (from edge to edge).
    5.  The ordering of emission rates is for lanes in order from left to right
        when looking from point 1 to point 2.
    The results  for the at-grade section are given following the entry of
receptor coordinates.  For convenience, the center of the roadway has been
placed 0.023 km north of the origin in this example so that the edge of the
road is on the axis and the y coordinate of the receptor is the distance from
the edge of the road.  The roadway and receptors could have been placed
at any location.
    The option to run the model for a new receptor location (LOG) , change
the road type (TYPE) , or to end the program (END) is given after the
results.
    In the second part of the problem, the road type (cut) , the width
(50 meters) ,  and the location of the road (to again place the edge of the
road at a y coordinate value of zero) are changed.  The results for the cut
section are shown following the entry of data. Note that the concentrations
are in  micrograms per cubic meter (UGM/M**3).  The part per million (PPM)
column is a conversion from micrograms per  cubic meter for the pollutant
carbon monoxide.  The part per million column would be incorrect for any
other pollutant.
    If you decide to continue and change the  receptor locations (LOG) ,
remember that the receptors must remain  downwind from the downwind
edge of the roadway.
                                  175

-------
SOLUTION USING THE BATCH VERSION
    The batch version requires at least seven input cards.  Depending upon
the number of receptor points and number-of problems to be run , there may
be more. The format for each card is given in Table 5.  Table A-2 lists the
input for the example problem; Table A-3 lists the results.  Note that for
the cut section the sixth and seventh fields (columns 51 to 70) in card type
2 were left blank.  Also note that the card with 9999. for the variable XXRR
is only used if more than one set of input data are used.  A card like this
does not follow the last set of input data.  As in the interactive version, the
parts per million column is only valid if carbon monoxide is the pollutant
being modeled.
                                    176

-------
            Table A-l.  EXAMPLE OF INTERACTIVE VERSION OF HIWAY
 hiway
 DO YOU WANT A DESCRIPTION OF THE EPA "HIWAY" MODEL
 BEFORE APPLYING IT7CYES OR NO)

yes

 l.THE EPA "HIWAY" MODEL COMPUTES IMERT POLLUTANT CONCENTRATIONS  IN THE
   VICINITY OF A ROADWAY ON A SHORT TERM BASIS (HOURLY AVERAGES)  USING
   THE GAUSSIAN PLUME FORMULA! ION. IF MORE THAN ONE RO'\DV'AY  IS  PRESENT,
   SUPERPOSITION APPLIES. THE MODEL CAN BF. USED F™> AT GRM1E  \MD  CUT
   SECTIONS FOR RECEPTOR DISTANCES OF TENS TO MUNDREOS OF METERS  DOWNWIND
   OF THE LINE SOURCE IN RELATIVELY UMCOMPLICATE" TERPAI'l.
 2.THE COORDINATE SYSTEM IS -VROAMnRH SMC" THAT THE K^XIS INCREASES FPOM
   .WEST TO EAST WHILE THE Y-AXIS HCPRASES FPOM S^UTH TO MOOT!'.THE UNITS
   RELATEH TO HIGHWAY "RASUPEMEMTS ARE INDICATED P,Y ^ SCAL*  CACTOR OF
   USER UNITS TO KILOMETERS. TMC MOST F&EOljrmY USFH FACT*nS ARE:
                   UMTS         SCALE r/v^Tnp
                 KILOMETERS       1.0
                 METERS           O.nQl
                 FEET             0.000^05
                 MILFS            1.6i
   SCALE FACTOR UNITS *\PPLY EXCEPT 1'HEH ^THED H'MTS APF SPECIFICALLY
   REOIJESTED.
 3.THE EMISSION TATA IS nEPEMDF.MT n'l VFMIHLF SP^EO^YOES ANn  MUM3ER OF
   VEHICLES^ANO EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES.THE PROGRAM WILL GENERATE AN
   EMISSION RATE BASED OM A'J ESTIMATE OF AVERAGE ROADWAY SPEED  AND
   VOLUME OF TRAFFIC. UTERNATIVELYXTHF USER CA'J ELECT TO SPECIFY  HIS
   OWN EMISSION RATES IN GRAMS PER SECOND-METER.THE LMTER APPROACH  IS
   HIGHLY PREFERABLE SINCE THE INTERNALLY GENERATED RATE IS  BASED UPON
   A SPECIFIC AUTOMOBLE MIX (END OF 1973) WHICH DOES NOT APPLY  ACCURATELY
   IN MOST CASES.  EMISSIONS (GM/SEOM) ARE ENTERED IN ORDER  FROM LEFT
   TO RIGHT WHEN LOOKING FROM POAD END PT 1 TO END PT 2.
 4.ROAD COORDINATES ARE THE ENDPOIMTS OF THE HIGHWAY CENTER  LINE.
   l/l.'ID DIRECTION IS DERIVED BY MEASURING CLOCKWI SE(EAST) FROM
   DUE NORTH.(E.G..WIND FROM NORTH IS 0 DEGREES;EASTERLY WIND IS  90.)
 5.THE PROGRAM CONTAINS THE OPTION TO EVALUATE ANY NUMBER OF
   RECEPTOR LOCATIONS AND/OR TYPES op ROADS.
 6.YOU MUST SEPARATE MULTIPLE INPUTS WITH COMMAS.
 7. FOR MOST APPLICATIONS,THE HEIGHTS OF THE RECEPTOR
   SOURCES ARE USSUMED TO RE THE SAME.

-------
a          3
                    Table A-l (continued).  EXAMPLE OF INTERACTIVE VERSION OF HIWAY
            DO YOU WANT A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THIS  VERSION  OF "HIWAY"?(YES nR MO)
           no
            ENTER SCALE FACTOR  (USER UN ITS/KI LOf'ETER).
           1
            ENTER LINE(ROAD)  ENDPOINTS.(ORDERED  PAIPStXT,Y1,X2,Y2)
           2.5,.023/-2.5/.023
            ENTER EMISSION HEIGHT.  (METERS)
           0
            ENTER WIND DIRECTION  (DEG).   NORTH IS  ZERO.

            ENTER WIND SPEED  (METERS/SEC).
           3.7
            ENTER MIXING HEIGHT  (METERS).
           1000
            ENTER PASQUILL-TURNER STABILITY  CLASS  (1-6).
            ENTER THE NUMBER  OF  LAMES.
           k
            DO YOU WISH TO ENTER YOUR OWN  EMISSION  RATES?(YES  OR NO)
           yes
            ENTER LINE SOURCE STRENGTH  VECTOR.(A  VALUE  FOR EACH LANE)
           .0112,.0103,.0106,.0156
            IS THIS A CUT SECTION?   (YES OR  MO)
           no
            ENTER HIWAY WIDTH (METERS).
           1*6
            ENTER WIDTH OF CENTER STRIP (METEPS).
           30
            ENTER NUMBER OF RECEPTOR LOCATIONS  "HSI RED.(MAXIMUM OF 25)
           5
            ENTER RECEPTOR COORDINATE SETS.(X*Y  IN  SCALE  FACTOR UMITS;Z IN METERS)
           0,-.001,0,0,-.005,0,0,-. 010,0
           0,-. 030,0,0,-. 050,0

-------
                   Table A-l (continued).  EXAMPLE OF INTERACTIVE VERSION OF HIWAY
                 HtWAY VERSION: 71*250
                 ENDPOINTS OF THE LINE SOURCE
                     2.500,     .023  AND   -2.500,      .023
                 EMISSION HEIGHT IS    0.000 METERS
                 EMISSION RATE (GRAMS/SECONO*METER)  OF    k  LANE(S)
                     .112-01     .103-01      .106-01     .156-01
                 WIDTH OF AT-GRADE HIGHWAY  IS    46.000  METERS
                 WIDTH OF CENTER STRIP IS     30.000  METERS
                 WIND DIRECTION IS    l»2.   DEGREES
                 WIND SPEED IS    3.7 METERS/SEC
                 STABILITY CLASS IS    3
                 HEIGHT OF LIMITING LID  IS  1000.0 METERS
                 THE SCALE FACTOR IS     1.0000 USER UNITS/KM.
•vl
VO
                      RECEPTOR LOCATION      HEIGHT             COMCEMTRAT1OM
                       X            Y        Z  (H)      UGM/M**3     P»M*
                      .0000      -.0010        .0000        I»UI»9.     3.871
                      .0000      -.0050        .0000        3831*     3.333
                      .0000      -.0100        .0000        329U.     2.866
                      .0000      -.0300        .0000        218U.     1.900
                      .0000      -.0500        .0000        1669.     1.U52

                 * PPM CONCENTRATIONS CORRECT  FOR CARBON  MONOXIDE ONLY.

-------
         Table A-l (continued).  EXAMPLE OF INTERACTIVE VERSION OF HIWAY
 YOU HAVE THE OPTION TO RUN THE MODEL FOR A NEW RECEPTOR LOCATION
 (LOO,OR TO CHANGE THE ROADWAY TYPE,OR TO END THE PROGRAM.
 ENTER LOC, OR TYPE, OR END.
type
 ENTER LINE(ROAD) ENDPOINTS.(ORDERED PAIRS:X1/Y1/X2/Y2)
2.5/.025/-2.5,.025
 ENTER EMISSION HEIGHT. (METERS)
0
 ENTER WIND DIRECTION (DEG).  NORTH IS ZERO.
k2
 ENTER WIND SPEED (METERS/SEC).
3.7
 ENTER MIXING HEIGHT (METERS).
1000
 ENTER PASnUlLL-TURNER STABILITY CLASS (1-6).
3
 ENTER THE NUMBER OF LANES.
k
 DO YOU WISH TO ENTER YOUR OWN EMISSION RATES?(YES OR NO)
yes
 ENTER LINE SOURCE STRENGTH VECTOR.(A VALUE FOR EACH LANE)
.0112,.0103,.0106,.0156
 IS THIS A CUT SECTION?  (YES OR NO)
yes
 ENTER WIDTH OF TOP OF CUT. (METERS)
50
 ENTER NUMBER OF RECEPTOR LOCATIONS DESIRED.(MAXIMUM OF 25)
5
 ENTER RECEPTOR COORDINATE SETS.U&Y IN SCALE FACTOR UNITS;Z  IN METERS)
0,-.001,0,0,-.005,0
0,-.010,0,0,-.030,0
0,-.050,0

-------
                 Table A-l  (continued).  EXAMPLE OF INTERACTIVE VERSION OF HIWAY
HI WAY VERSION: 71*250
ENDPOINTS OF THE LINE SOURCE
    2.500,     .025  AND    -2.500,
EMISSION HEIGHT  IS    .000  METERS
EMISSION RATE  (GRAMS/SECOND*METER)  OF
    .112-01      .103-01      ,106-OT
WIDTH OF TOP OF  CUT SECTION IS     50.000 METERS
WIND DIRECTION IS    1*2.  DEGREES
WIND SPEED IS    3.7 METERS/SEC
STABILITY CLASS  IS    3
HEIGHT OF LIMITING LID  IS   1000.0  METERS
THE SCALE FACTOR IS     1.0000 USER UNITS/KM.
                                                     025

                                                     I* LANF.(S)
                                                     .156-01
00
     RECEPTOR LOCATION
 X
.0000
.0000
.0000
.0000
.0000
   Y
-.0010
-.0050
-.0100
-.0300
-.0500
HEIGHT
Z (M)
 .0000
 .0000
 .0000
 .0000
 .0000
UGM/M**3
   3891*.
   31*52.
   301*0.
   2107.
   1636.
                                                           CONCENTRATION
                                                                PPM*
                                                    3
                                                    3
                                                    2
                                                                  388
                                                                  003
                                                                  61*5
                                                                1.833
                                                                1.1*23
            * PPM CONCENTRATIONS  CORRECT FOR CARBON MONOXIDE ONLY.
            ENTER  LOC,  OR  TYPE,  OR END.
           end

-------
                                 Table A-2.  CARD INPUT FOR EXAMPLE PROBLEM
                12345678
     12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9012 34 56 78 9C12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 55 78 90 12 34 56 7890
00
to
AT -G RA DE
2.5
.0112
C
42
1
.0
.0
.C
JJ
.C
9999.
CUT-SECT
2.5
.0112
1
42
1
.0
.0
mC
.0
.0
SECTION
.023
.0103

3.7

-.001
-.005
-.010
-.030
-.050

ION
.025
.0103
50
3.7

-.001
-.005
-.010
-.030
-.050
EXAMPLE
 -2.5
.0106

 10 CO

    .C
    .0
    .0
    .0
    .0

EXAMPLE
 -2.5
.0106

 10 CO

    .0
    .0
    .0
    .0
    .0
FOR  HIUAY
    .023
   .0156
USERS  MANUEL
      .0
                                                                       46 .C
                           30.0
                                            FOR  HIUAY
                                                .025
                                              .0156
USERS  MANUEL
      .0
     12 34 56 78 9012 34 56 78 9012 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9012 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9012 34 56 78 90
                12345678

-------
                            Table A-3.  EXAMPLE OF BATCH VERSION OF HIGHWAY
                3XQT  HIUAYBATCH.KZ
                     AT-GRADE SECTION
                         EXAMPLE FOR HIWAY  USERS MANUEL
00
U)
  HIWAY VERSION:  74250
ENDPGINTS  OF  THE  LINE SOURCE
   2.500.      .023 AND   -2.5DOt      .023
EMISSION HEIGHT IS    . COC METERS
EMISSION RATE  (GR AMS/SECOND *METER ) OF    4 LANE(S)
    ,112-Cl     .103-01     .106-01      .156-01
WIDTH OF AT-GRADE HIGHWAY IS      46.0  M
WIDTH OF CENTER STRIP IS      3D.C M
WIND DIRECTION IS    42.  DEGREES
WIND SPEED IS     3.7 METERS/SEC
STABILITY  CLASS IS    3
HEIGHT OF  LIMITING LID IS  1000.C METERS
THE SCALE  OF  THE  COORDINATE 'AXES IS      l.CCCC USER UNITS/KM,
                    RECEPTOR LOCATION
                       .0000
                       .CCQG
                       .ococ
                       • 3CCC
                       .ccco
                - .0 Cl C
                -.ccsc
                - .0 10 0
                -.0300
                -.0500
HEIGHT     CONCENTRATION
   ZCM)    UGM/METER«*3     PPM •
    .CCCC        4449.     3.671
    .0000        3331.     3.333
    .0000        3294.     2.866
    •COCO        2184.     1.900
    .0000        16C3.     1.452
                  •   PPM CONCENTRATIONS CORRECT  FOR CARBON MONOXIDE ONLY.

-------
                        Table A-3 (continued).  EXAMPLE OF BATCH VERSION OF HIGHWAY
                   CUT-SECTION
                         EXAMPLE FOR HIUAY  USERS MANUEL
oo
  HIUAY VERSION:  74250
ENDPOINTS  OF  THE  LINE SOURCE
   2.500.      .C25 AND   -2.500r      .025
EMISSION HEIGHT IS    .000 METERS
EMISSION RATE  { GR AM S/ SECOND *METER> OF    4  LANE    UGM/METER»»3     PPM *
    .OOCO        3394.      3.338
    .0000        3452.      3.CC3
    .QCOO        3C4C.      2.E45
    .0000        2107.      1.333
    .0000        1S36.      1.423
                *  PPM CONCENTRATIONS CORRECT FOR CARBON MONOXIDE ONLY,

-------
APPENDIX B.  FORTRAN SOURCE PROGRAM LISTING
        FOR BATCH VERSION OF HIWAY
                    185

-------
00
C         HIV AY - NEW  VERSION - JUNE 1974
C         THIS PROGRAM CALCULATES THE CON CENTRA
       COMMON /SOL/  QLN(25)tHLN(25) f RAQ<25)tSA
     • SYON tSZONt CONC50)
       COMMON /REC/  RR( 51 >r SR (51) rZR< 51 >
       COMMON /ME A/  THETA rUtKST tML
       COMMON /PUT/  XXRR(51)»XXSR<52J »QLSI25)tH
       DIMENSION Z(51)
       IVERS=74250
       IRD=5
       IWRI  - S
C         READ HEADER  CARD
10     READCIRDt500tEND=19C)HEAD
500    FORMAT C20A4)
       WRlTECIWRItSlOlHEAD
510    FORMATC'C1 t/t20A4t/)
       WRITE! IWRI?520)IVERS
520    FORM AT CO  HIUAY  VERSION :• t!6)
       READ(IRDrS40.ENO=190l  REP1 tSEPlt REP2 iSEP
540    FORHATC8F10.0I
C         REPltSEPl  ARE  THE COORDINATES OF  AN E
C          SOURCE IN SOURCE COORDINATES.
C         REP 2. SEP 2  ARE  THE COORDINATES OF  THE
C          LINE SOURCE IN SOURCE  COORDINATES.
C         H  IS THE EFFECTIVE  EMISSION HEIGHT  OF
C         yiDTH IS THE HIGHWAY WIDTH (MI FOR  AT
C         CNTR IS THE  WIDTH OF THE  CENTER STRIP
C         XNL IS THE NUMBER CF LANES FOR THE  AT
       URITE(IURIt550)REPltSEPltREP2tSEP2
550    FORM ATI' ENDPOINTS OF  THE  LINE SOURCE* t/
     • F9.3 t« t» tFg.St* AND" tF9. 3» •• »»F9.3)
       NL=XNL
       URITEtlURItSEOH
560    FORMAT C* EMISSION HEIGHT  ISSF3.3.' MET
       URITE(IURIt570)NL
570    FORM ATI* EMISSION RATE C GR AM S/SECO MO«MET
       RE AD IIRD t510 I ( QL SC I) tl=l tNL)
                                                        HON FROM A LINE SOURCE
                                                        M25l»RBQ(25)fSBQ(25lt
                                                        EADC20»tIWRI
                                                        2t H»WIDTHtCNTR»XNL

                                                        NO POINT  OF THE LINE

                                                        OTHER  END POINT OF T HE

                                                         THE SOURCE IN METERS.
                                                         GRADE
                                                         (Ml
                                                        -GRADE HIGHWAY.
                                                        ERS* I

                                                        ER)  OFS 14 t'  LANE( S) *)
   HI WAY  1
   HI WAY  2
 1 HIWAY  3
   HI WAY  0
 2 HIWAY  5
 3 HIWAY  6
 4 HIWAY  7
 5 HIWAY  8
 6 HIWAY  9
 7 HIWAY 1C
 8 HIWAY 11
   HIWAY 12
 9 HI WAY 13
10 HIWAY 14
11 HIWAY 15
12 HIWAY 16
13 HIWAY 17
14 HIWAY 18
15 HIWAY 19
16 HIWAY 20
   HIWAY 21
   HIWAY 22
   HIWAY 23
   HIWAY 24
   HIWAY 25
   HIWAY 26
   HIWAY 27
   HIWAY 28
17 HIWAY 29
18 HIWAY 30
   HIWAY 31
19 HIWAY 32
20 HIWAY 33
21 HIWAY 34
22 HIWAY 35
23 HIWAY 36
24 HIWAY 37

-------
00
vj
C         QLS IS THE LINE  SURGE STRENGTH (GRAMS/SEC ON0*METER)                  HIUAY
       VRITE(IURIt58G>(fiLS
-------
oo
oo
       WRITEC IWRI .620)05                                                         50  HIWAY 75
620    FORMAT (•  THE  SCALE OF THE  COORDINATE  AXES  IS ttF10.4.» USER UNITS/  51  HIWAY 76
      • KM.'// )                                                                        HIWAY 77
       WR IT E( IW RI r6 30 )                                                           52  HIWAY 78
630    FORMAT tlHOf'   RECEPTOR LOCATION       HEIGHT      CONCENTRATION'./.   53  HIWAY 79
      •  •       X'flOXt'Y             Z(M)     UGM/METER**3      PPM  • •)             HIWAY 8C
       RA=REP1*GS                                                                 54  HIWAY 81
       RB=REP2«GS                                                                 55  HIWAY 82
       SA=SEP1»6S                                                                 5E  HIWAY 83
       S3=SEP2*GS                                                                 57  HIWAY 84
       WL=  CWIDTH-CNTR)/XNL                                                      58  HIWAY 85
       IF (C OT .G T. C. ) GO TO  80                                                   59  HIWAY 86
7C     SYON=3.                                                                    60  HIWAY 87
       SZONrl.5                                                                    61  HIWAY 88
       GO TO  ICC                                                                  62  HIWAY 89
8C     IF (U.GT. 3. 1GO TO 70                                                       63  HIWAY 90
       IFdl.LT. 1. 1  GO TO 90                                                      64  HIWAY 91
       OUK= (U-l.l /2.                                                             65  HIWAY 92
       SYON=10.-7.»DUM                                                           6E  HIWAY 93
       SZON=5.-3. 5*DUM                                                           67  HIWAY 94
       GO TO  Ifl C                                                                  68  HIWAY 95
90     SYON=10.                                                                    69  HIWAY 96
       SZON =5.                                                                    70  HIWAY 97
100    CONTINUE                                                                    71  HIWAY 98
       DELR=RB-RA                                                                 72  HIWAY 99
       OELS=SB-SA                                                                 73  HIWAY100
       DIST=SGRTC DELS*DELS+DELR*DELR)                                          74  HIWAY101
       NLIM=NL/2                                                                  75  HIWAY102
       ALIM=NLIM                                                                  76  NIWAY103
       00 110  IO=ltNLD1                                                          77  HIWAY104
       A=ID                                                                        78  HIWAY105
       DL=( -C.5)*CNTR + < (-1J *ALIM-0. 5* A) *WL                                    79  HIWAY106
       DUK=DL*0 .001/01ST                                                         80  HIWAY107
       RAQ( ID )=RA*OELS*DUM                                                       81  HIWAY108
       RBQ( ID »=RB+DELS*DUM                                                       82HIWAY109
       SAQ( ID )=SA-OELR*DUM                                                       83HIWAY110
       S8G( ID *rS8-DELR*DUM                                                       34  HIWAY111

-------
CO
10
       QLNIID1=QLSIID>
       HLNIIDI=H
110    CONTINUE
       NS=NLIM*1
       AS=NS
       DO 120 ID=NS»NL
       A=IO
       DL=0.5.»CNTR+C0.5+A-AS)*HL
       DUM=DL*O.C 01/0 1ST
       RAQCID)=RA+D£LS*DUM
       RSQCID I=RB*0£LS*DUM
       SAQ( ID)-SA-OELR*DUM
       SBQ(ID1=SB-DELR»DUM
       QLN(IOI=QLS(ID)
       HLN(ID)-H
120    CONTINUE
       K=NL
       ICHK=1
       N=l
130    READ (IRD ?5
       IF CXXRRC N) .GE.9999.160
       IF (N -5 1) 1C Ot 14 Ct 1HO
140    URITEf IWRIf64Q)
64C    FORMAT ClHCtf THE  NUHBLR OF
     • TEKPTEO TO READ  THE 51ST.
 150   1C HK =2
       GO TO 170
160    RR (N>=XXRR(N)*6S
       SRfNt=XXSRCNl*6S
       ZR(Nr=ZINI
       N=N»1
       60 TO 130
170    N=N-1
       00 180 IOUH=lfN
180    CONCIOUHn=0.
C    K IS  NUMBER OF LINE SOURCES
C    N IS  NUMBER OF RECEPTORS
i£ND=15C IXXRRI N) tXXSRf N) tZ(N )
           TO 170
RECEPTORS  IS
COMPUTATIONS
                             LIMIT ED
                             UILL BE
                                                                TO  50.  YOU HAVE
                                                                HADE  FOR 50.* )
    85
    86
    87
    88
    89
    30
    91
    92
    93
    94
    95
    96
    97
    98
    99
   100
   101
   10?
   103
   101
   105
   106
   107
AT 108

   109
   110
   111
   112
   113
   114
   i.15
   116
   117
   118
HIHAYl!
HIHAY1
HIWAY1
HZWAY1
HIWAY1
HIWAY1
HIUAY1
HIMAY1
HIWAY1
HIWAY1
HIVAY1
HIWAY1
HIUAY1
NIVAY1:
HZWAY1
HIWAY1
HIHAY1
HIWAY1
HIUAY1
HIWAY1
HIUAY1
HIUAY1
HZUAY1
HIUAY1
HIUAY1
HIUAY1
HIUAY1
HIVAY1
HIVAY1
HIM A Yl
HIVAY1
NIVAY1
HIVAY1
HIUAY1
HIUAY1
HIWAY1
HIHAY1

-------
10
o
          CAUL  DBTLNEIK.N)                                                       119  HIHAY149
          URITEf IWRItGSDI                                                        120  HIM A Yl 50
    650   FO RH AT (1 HO .'*   PPM CONCENTRATIONS CORRECT FOR CARBON  MONOXIDE: ONLY 121  HiyAYlSl
         *.*)                                                                           HIUAY152
          60 TO (10*190) tICHK                                                    122  HIWAY153
    190   CALL  EXIT                                                               123  HIUAY154
          END                                                                      124  HIUAY155

     22  COMMENT  CARDS          9   CONTINUATION CARDS          34  NUMBERED STATEMENTS

-------
35
40
   45
   46
SUBROUTINE  DBTLNEI NQ »NR)
COMMON /SOL/ QLNC25)tHLN(25> tRAQ(25) tSAfl (251 tRBQ (2 5) tSBQ (2 5) »
SYONtSZONtCONf 50)
COMMON /REC/ RRI 51 ) t SR C5 II tZRC 51 »
COMMON /WE A/ THETA tU.KST tHL
COMMON /PUT/ XXRR(51)*XXSR(51) tQLS(25) tH EA D( 20 )t IURI
DIMENSION  XST(ll).YSTCll)
XCR, S) = 
-------
NJ
17
48

49




C
100
105
110
115
120


125

13 C


135
14 C
145
150
155



ISO
165
170


175
ido
185
URITEC IWR:
FORMATI1H
60 TO 465
DE LR =R 2- R]
DELS = S2
Yl = YCRli
Y2 = YIR2i
IF(YlrY2)
IF Yl :
IF (C OS T *
IF CC OS T -
IF (DEL R +
IF (DEL R -
SLOC = SR!
RLOC = Rl
GO TO 20 G
SLP = DEL!
IF (SLP 11 31
SLOC = SRI
RL OC = ( SI
60 TO 200
IF (S IN T *
IF (SIN T -
IF (DEL R +
IF (DELR -
SLP = DEL!
RLOC = RRI
SLOC = SU
60 TO 200
IF (D EL R +
IF (DELR -
RLOC =• Rl
SLOC - 
-------
       RLOC  = (SLOC -  SREC) *  SINT/COST *  RREC                               71 HIWAY22
       60  TO 200                                                                72 HIUAY22
190    TATH  r S BIT/COST                                                        7J HIUAY23
C         TATH IS TANGENT (THETA)                                                 HIWAY22
       SLP = DELS/OELR                                                         7* HIWAY22
C         SLP TS  SLOPE OF LINE SOURCE.                                           HIUAY2;
       RLOC  = (RREC/TATH * SI  -  SLP»R1  - SREC I/ O. ./TATH - SLP I              75 HIWAY2:
       SLOC  = (RLOC -  RREO/TATH * SREC                                       76 HIWAY2.1
C         RLOC. SLOC  IS LOCUS  OF UPWIND  VECTOR  FROM  RECEPTOR  AND LINEAR       HIWAY2-
C            EXTENSION OF LINE SOURCE.                                           HIWAY2:
200    XLOC  - X (RLOC. SLOC}                                                     77 HIWAY2*
       IF  ( XLOC 1255.255.205                                                    78 HIUAY24
C         XLOC IS POSITIVE IF  LOCUS IS  UPWIND.                                  HIWAY2'
2C5    IF (S 2-SI 1210 .210.215                                                    79HIWAY2'
210    SMAX  = SI                                                                80 HIWAY21
       SMIN  = S2                                                                31 HIWAY2*.
       60  TO 220                                                                82 HIUAY2*
215    SMAX  r S2                                                                83 HIWAY2*
       SHIN  -SI                                                                84 HIHAY2*
220    IF (R2-R1 )2 25 .225 .230                                                    85HIHAY2^
225    RNAX  - Rl                                                                86 HIUAY2!
       RMIN  = R2                                                                87 HINAY2!
       60  TO 235                                                                88 HIUAY2!
230    RMAX  r R2                                                                89 HIUAY2!
       RMIN  - Rl                                                                90 HIWAY2!
C         SEE IF  UPWIND LOCUS  IS ON LINE SOURCE.                                HIUAY2!
235    IF (RLOC-RMIN 1255 >2 40 1240                                                91HINAY2!
240    IF (R MAX- RLOC 1255 t245t245                                                92 HIWA-T2!
245    IF (SLOC-SHIN)255 .250.250                                                95 HIWAY2!
25C    IF (SMAX- SLOC J255 .260.260                                                94HIUAY2!
255    INDIC = 1                                                                95 HIWAY2C
C         I NO 1C =1  FOR NO LOCUS  ON LINE  SOURCE.                                 HIHAY2C
       XA  =  XI                                                                  96 HIMAY2C
       YA  =  Yl                                                                  97 HIUAY2C
       XB  -  X2                                                                  98 HIMAY2C
       YB  =  Y2                                                                  99 HIUAY2C
       60  TO 300                                                               100 HIUAY2C

-------
260
C




30 0


C

305

310
C
C








C






C
315
320
325

C
IN QIC = 2

XA
YA
XB
Y8
01
DI
DI

IF
cu
60
00


ox
DY
PR
KN
XI
YI
KN
DO

XS
YS
XZ
XY
CA
60

IF
IF
KN
60

I NO 1C =2 FOR LOCUS ON LINE SOURCE.
= XI
= Yl
= XLOC
= 0.
SX = XB - XA
SY r YB - YA
SI - SQRT (DISX*DISX * DISY»DISY)
DEI IS LEN6THIKM) OF LINE CONSIDERED.
CO IS I) 31 C. 305.310
RR = 0.
TO «»35
I = DISI*1 000. 720.
ONE -HALF IS INCLUDED IN THE 20.
DDI IS ONE-HALF TIMES 1/10 OF OISI (Ml.
= DISX/10.
= DISY/10.
EV =0.
TRL = 1
- XA
= YA
T = 0
355 I - 1.11
STORE EACH XI ,YI.
TC I) = XI
T(I) = YI
= XI + XV ZL
= XI * XV YL
LL D BT RC XI UZ >Z »H .HL. XZ >X Y. YI »K ST .AN. M. SY .S Z» RC )
T0( 315.335) .KNTRL
IF RC IS ZERO. CONTINUE UNTIL RC IS PCS HIVE.
(RC) 350.350.320
(I -113 25 .325. 330
TRL = 2
TO 345
RESET POINT A TO LAST ONE PREVIOUS.
1C1 HIUAY267
    HIUAY268
ID 2 HIUAY269
1C3 HIWAY270
1C 4 HI HA Y2 71
105 HIUAY272
106 HIWAY273
107 HIWAY274
108 HIWAY275
    HIWAY276
1G9 HIWAf277
liO HIUAY278
111 HIWAY279
U2 HIWAY280
    HIUAY281
    HIWAY282
Ii3 HIWAY283
114 HIWAY28U
115 HIWAY285
lj.6 HIUAY286
117 HIWAY287
118 HIUAY288
119 HIUAY289
120 HI WAY 2 90
    HIWAY291
121 HIWAY292
122 HIWAY293
123 HIUAY294
124 HIUAY295
125 HIWAY296
126 HIWAY297
    HIUAY298
127 HIHAY299
128 HIHAY300
129 HIWAY301
130 HIWAY3C2
    HIUAY303

-------
<£>
tn
                                             THIS SEGMENT IS 0
330    XA =  XSTCI-11
       YA =  YST(I-1,|
       KNTRL = 2
       60 TO 345
335    IF(RC}34Ct340t345
C        RESET POINT  B  IF REACH  ZERO  CONCENTRATION.
340    XB =  XI
       YB =  YI
       60 TO 360
345    KNT  = KNT + 1
350    XI -  XI * DX
       YI =  YI + DY
35 5    CO NT IN UE
360    IF (KNT )37C .370 1365
365    IFCKNT-6)300»300t390
C        IF GET TO 370 t CONC. FROM
370    GO TO (375t38Ct385)t INDIC
375    RC =  0.
       60 TO 465
380    FIRST r 0.
       60 TO 450
385    RC =  FIRST
       60 TO 460
390    CONTINUE
C        00  A TRAPEZOIDAL INTEGRATION
C        IT IS LIKELY THAT A OR  B  HAVE
40 0    DISX  = XB-XA
       01SY  = YB-YA
       01 SI  = SORT! DISX«DISX +
C        0 IS I IS DISTANCE! KM 1
       DELD  - D IS I* 100.
C        DELD IS 1/10 DISI IN METERS.
       OX -  DISX/10.
       DY =  DISY/10.
       SUM  - 0.
       XOUM - XA
       YOUM - YA
                                                                                     131 HIUAY304
                                                                                     132 HIWAY30!
                                                                                     133 HIUAY30f
                                                                                     134 HIUAY301
                                                                                     135 HIUAY30C
                                                                                         HIUAY30!
                                                                                     136 HIHAY31C
                                                                                     137 HIUAY311
                                                                                     138 HIUAY312
                                                                                     139 HI HA Y3 12
                                                                                     140 HXUAY3U
                                                                                     141 HIWAY31!
                                                                                     142 HIVAY31C
                                                                                     143 HI HA Y3 11
                                                                                     144 HI HA Y3 1C
                                                 FROM
                                                 BEEN
A TO 3 IN  TEN STEPS.
REDEFINED.
                                        DISY*DISY)
                                        FROM  A TO B
145 HIUAY32C
146 HIUAY321
147 HIUAY322
148 HIUAY322
149 HIUAY324
150 HIUAY32S
151 HIUAY32C
152 HIUAY321
    HIUAY32C
    HIUAY32S
153 HIUAY33C
154 HIUAY332
155 HIUAY332
    HIUAY332
156 HIUAY334
    HI WAY 335
157 HIUAY336
158 HIUAY331
159 HIUAY33C
160 HIUAY335
161 HIUAY34C

-------
              XZ  =  XDUM *  XVZL
              XY  =  XDUM *  XVYL
              CALL  DBTRCX(UZ.Z.H»HLt XZtXY. YDUMtKST»AN» Mt SY »SZ. RC >
              SUM = SUM *  RC/2.
              DO  4C5 I = It9
              XDUM  = XDUM  « DX
              YDUM  - YDUM  + DY
              XZ  =  XDUM •»•  XVZL
              XY  =  XDUM +  XVYL
              CALL  DBTRCX(UZtZ»H.HL»XZfXY. YDUM.KSTtAN. Mt SYtSZtRC »
       405    SUM = SUM +  RC
              XDUM  = XDUM  + DX
              YDUM  = YDUM  + DY
              XZ  =  XDUM +  XVZL
              XY  =  XDUM +  XVYL
              CALL  OBTRCX(UZtZ,H»HL»XZtXY. YDUMtKSTtANt M, SY »SZf RC>
              SUM = SUM +  RC/2.
£      C         INTEGRATED VALUE IS CURR.
              CURR  = SUM * DELD
              ILIM  = 1C
       C      FIRST ESTIMATE  COMPLETED  HERE.
       410    PREV  = CURR
       C         EVALUATE  FOR POINTS IN BETWEEN THOSE 4. RE AD Y  EVALUATED.
              DELD  3 DELD/2.
              XDUM  = XA *  DX/2.
              YDUM  = YA *  DY/2.
              DO  415 I = 1.ILIH
              XZ  =  XDUM •»  XVZL
              XY  -  XDUM +  XVYL
              CALL  DBTRCXCUZtZrH.HLtXZtXY. YDUMiKST.ANt Mt SY tSZt RC I
       C         NOTE ADD  THESE TO RC*S FOUND ABOVE.
              SUM = SUM +  RC
              XDUM  = XDUM  •>• DX
       415    YDUM  - YDUM  + DY
              CURR  = SUM » DELD
       C    SECOND ESTIMATE  COMPLETED  HERE. ALSO  FOUR TH ,S IXTH .ETC .
              TEST  = ABS((CURR-PREV)/CURRJ
162
163
164
165
166
157
168
169
17 C
171
172
17 J
174
175
176
177
178

179
180
132
183
184
185
186
187
188

189
19C
191
192

193
HIUAY341
HIUAY342
HIUAY343
HIWAY344
HIUAY345
HIWAY346
HIUAY347
HIUAY348
HIWAY349
HIUAY350
HIWAY351
HIWAY352
HIUAY353
HI WAY 3 54
HIWAY355
HIWAY356
HIWAY357
HIWAY358
HIUAY359
HIUAY360
HIUAY361
HIWAY362
HIUAY363
HIUAY3G4
HIUAY365
HIUAY366
HIUAY367
HIUAY368
HIUAY369
HIUAY37G
HIWAY371
HI WAY 3 72
HI WAY 3 73
HIUAY374
HIUAY375
HIWAY376
HIWAY377

-------
IO
        c

        120

        C
425

C


430
        C
        435
        440

        445
        450
   I
IFCT
ILIH
PRW
   E
DELD
DX =
DY =
XOUH
YDUM
00 4
xz =
XY =
CALL
SUN
XDUH
YDUM
CURR
   T
TEST
IF (
ILIM
DX =
DY =
GO T
   A
   T
           F
           ES
                   25
                    X
                    X
                    0
        455
       GO
       RC
       GO  T
       FIRS
       IN 01
       XA  -
       YA  =
       XB  -
       Y8  =
       GO  T
       RC  =
HI

TE

 0
 D
0
T
0
   = C
   TO
     T
     C
MI THIN* PIN  OF LAST VALUE 
-------
        460   COM NC1=CONINCI+RC»QL
        470   CONTINUE
              COM NC 1=1. OE+6«CON CNC1
              CL SS =0 .0 00 87 «C ON INC >
              URITE( IURIt660)XXRRfNCI»XXSR(NC) tZRlNCIt CON(NC).CLSS
        660   FORHATflH t3 (FlO .4 t2X) iFlO .0 iFlfl .3 >
        465   CONTINUE
              RETURN
              END
                                              227
                                              228
                                              229
                                              230
                                              231
                                              232
                                              233
                                              234
                                              235
                      HIUAY415
                      HIUAY416
                      HIUAY417
                      HI WAV* 18
                      HIWAY419
                      HIUAY420
                      HIWAY421
                      HIWAY*22
                      HIUAY423
         32  COM It NT  CARDS
CONTINUATION CARDS
74 NUMBERED STATEMENTS
10
CO

-------
ID
      SUBROUTINE OBTRCX  CUiZ tH.HLt X. XY tY .KST »A N» Ht SY tS Zt RC I
C        THIS IS THE 1972  VERSION OF DBTRCX.
C        SUBROUTINE DBTRCX  CALCULATES CHI/Q  CONCENTRATION  VALUES t DBTRCX
C          CALLS UPON SUBROUTINE DBTSI6 TO  OBTAIN  STANDARD  DEVIATIONS.
C        THE  INPUT VARIABLES  ARE....
C          U    WIND SPEED  CM/SEC)
C          Z    RECEPTOR  HEIGHT  CM)
C          H    EFFECTIVE STACK  HEIGHT CM I
C          HL=L  HEIGHT OF LIMITING LID (Ml
C          X    DISTANCE  RECEPTOR IS DOWNWIND OF SOURCE (KM)
C          XY    X+VIRTUAL DISTANCE USED FOR AREA SOURCE APPROX.  CM)
C          Y    DISTANCE  RECEPTOR IS CR OS SUING  FROM  SOURCE  CKMI
C          KST  STABILITY CLASS
C        THE  OUTPUT VARIABLES ARE...*
C          AN    THE NUMBER  OF  TIMES THE SUMMATION  TERM IS EVALUATED
C                AND ADDED  IN.
C          RC    RELATIVE  CONCENTRATION CSEC/H«*3)
C        INRI IS CONTROL CODE FOR OUTPUT
      IURI  -  6
C        THE  FOLLOWING EQUATION IS SOLVED  —
C           RC = I1/(2*PI*U*SIGMA Y'SIGMA Z)>*  IE XP f-0.5* CY/SIGMA Yt*«2l)
C            IEXP 1-0. 5*11 Z-H1/SIGMA Z 1* *2 1  *  EX Pf-0 .5 *( IZ+H )/SIGM A Z) **2)
C              PLUS THE SUM  OF THE FOLLOWING  d  TERMS K TIMES  IN=1« I —
C               TERM 1- EXPC-D. 5*1 (2-H-2N LI /SIGMA  Zl*»21
C               TERM 2- EXP<-D.5* UZ+H-2ND/SIGMA  ZI**2I
C               TERM 5- EXP t-C.5» UZ-H+2ND/SIGMA  Z1»«2I
C               TERM d- EXP«-D.5*UZ*H*2NLJ/SIGMA  Z)»*2I
C        THE  ABOVE EQUATION IS  SIMILAR TO  EQUATION  15.8) P 36  IN
C          WORKBOOK OF ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION ESTIMATES WITH  THE ADDITION
C          OF  THE EXPONENTIAL  INVOLVING Y.
C        IF THE SOURCE IS  ABOVE THE LIDt SET RC = 0. t AND  RETURN.
      IF CH-HL)302.302t30d
302   IF ( 2-HL)300t3CCi30
304   IF I Z-KL)30f 3C6t3C6
306   URITEflWRIt 3C7)
307   FORMAT  (IHO.'BOTH  H  AND Z ARE ABOVE  THE  MIXING HEIGHT  SO  A RELIABL
     • E  COMPUTATION CAN  NOT BE  MADE.*)
                                                                                       5
                                                                                       6
                                                                                       7
HIWAYd2d
HIWAYd 25
HI HA Yd 26
HI WAY* 27
HI WAY* 28
HI HA Y* 29.
HIWAY*30
HI WA Yd 31
HIWAY*32
HIWAY*33
HI WAY* 3*
HI WA Yd 35
HI HA Yd 36
HI WA Yd 37
HIWAY*38
HI WA Yd 39
HI HA Yd dO
HIWAYddl
HI HA Yd d2
HIWAYdd3
HI WAY***
HIWAYddS
HIWAYddG
HIWAY**7
HIUAYddS
HIWAYdd9
HI WA Yd 50
HI WA Yd 51
HI HA Yd 52
HI WA Yd 53
HIWAY*5*
HIUAYdSS
HIUAY*58
HI WA Yd 57
HI WA Yd 58
HIWAYd59
HI WA Yd 60

-------
NJ
O
o
30

C
c
30 C
C
310
C
C
C
C


5
C
c



6
3Gf
C3 = H«H
IF (C 3- 50
A2= 1. /E
WADE
RC = A2/
M = 1
RETURN
A2 = Q.
A3 = 0.
CA = Z-H
CB = 7«iH
                      IS LESS THAN 1 METERt  SET RC=0. 
-------
ISJ
O
      C3 = OA*CA/C2
      C4 = CB*C8/C2
      IF 1C 3- 50 .) 40 7» 40 Bt 40 8
407   A2 = 1./EXPIC3)
408   IF 1C 4-SO.) 40 9* 411*411
409   A3 = 1./EXPCC4)
C        HADE EQUATION 3.1.
411   RC = IA2  *  A3I/I 6.28318*U*SY*SZ*CL>
      H  =  2
      RETURN
C        IF  SIGMA-Z IS GREATER  THAN 1.6 TIMES  TH
C          THE DISTRIBUTION BELOW  THE NIXING HE IS
C          HEIGHT  REGARDLESS  OF  SOURCE HEIGHT.
7     IFCSZ/HL  -  1.619*9*8
C        WADE EQUATION 3.5.
8     RC = l./(2.5066*U*SY*HL*Cl>
      N  =  3
      RETURN
C        INITIAL  VALUE OF AN SET  = 0.
9     AN = 0.
      IF   3Ot 340*40
C        STATEMENTS 40 TO 250 CALCULATE RC t THE
C          USING THE EQUATION DISCUSSED ABOVE.   S
C          VARIABLES ARE USED TO AVOID K£ PEAT ING
C          CHECKS  ARE MADE TO BE SURE THAT  THE  AR
C          EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION  IS NEVER GREATER
C          -50).  IF *AN* BECOMES  GREATER THAN  45
C          PRINTED INFORMING  OF  THIS.
C        CALCULATE MULTIPLE  EDDY  REFLECTIONS FOR
40    Al = 1«M6.28318*U«SY*SZ«C1)
      C2 =2 •• SZ *S Z
      A2 = 0.
      A3 - C.
      CA - Z-H
      C8 = Z«H
      C3 - CA*CA/C2
      C4 = C8*C8/C2
                                                          E  MIXING HEIGHT*
                                                          HT IS UNIFORM WITH
                                                          RELATIVE CONCENTRATION.
                                                          EVERAL INTERMEDIATE
                                                          CALCULATIONS.
                                                          GUMENT OF THE
                                                          THAN 50 (OR LESS THAN
                                                          t A LINE OF OUTPUT  IS

                                                           RECEPTOR HEIGHT Z.
33 HIWAY*98
34 HIUAY499
35 HIU/tYSOO
36 HIWAY501
37 HIWAY502
38 HIWAYS03
   HIUAY504
39 HI WAYS 05
40 HIHAY506
41 HIWAY507
   HIUAY508
   HIUAY509
   HI WAYS 10
42 HIWAY511
   HI HAYS 12
43 HI WAYS 13
44 HIUAY514
45 HIUAY515
   HIWAY516
46 HIWAY517
47 HI WAY 518
   HIWAY519
   HIWAYS20
   HIWAY521
   HIWAYS22
   HIWAYS23
   HIUAY524
   HIWAY525
   HI WAYS 26
48 HI WAYS 27
49 HIWAY528
50 HIWAY529
51 HIWAY530
52 HIWAY531
S3 HIUAY532
54 HI WAY 5 33
55 HIUAY534

-------
o
KJ

60
80
90
110

120














130
150
160
180
190
21 C
220
240


250


C
340

IF C C3-50. )60t 80»80
A2 =1 J EX Pf C3 )
IF (C 4- 50 .190. 110 .110
A3 =1 ./ EX PC C4 I
SUK=0.
TH L = 2. • HL
AN=AN*1.
M - 0.
AS = 0.
AS = 0.
A7 = 0.
C5 = AN*THL
CC = CA-C5
CD = C&-C5
CE = CA+C5
CF - CBfCS
C6 =. CC*CC/C2
C7 = CD*CD/C2
C8 = CE*CE/C2
C9 = CF»CF/C2
IF (C&- 50.) 130.150.150
A4 =1 ./ EX P( C6 1
IF (C 7- 50.) 16 C« 18 0,180
AS =1 ./ EX Pt C7 )
IF 1C 8- 50.) 190. 210.210
A6 =1 ./ EX Pf C8 )
IF (C 9- 50.) 220t 240.240
A7 =1 ./ EX Pt C9 }
T=Aft+AS+A6+A7
SUM=SUH«-T
IF (1-0,01)250,120,120
RC=A1* (A 2+ A3* SUM)
M = 5
RETURN
CALCULATE MULTIPLE EDDY REFLECTIONS
Al - l./I6.28318*U«SY*SZ*Cl)
A2 = 0~.
                                                     FOR GROUND LEVEL  RECEPTOR  H
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
7D
71
72
73
71
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
35
86
87
88
89

90
91
HIUAY535
HI HAYS 36
HIWAY537
HIWAY538
HIUAY539
HIUAY54Q
HIHAY5H1
HIUAY512
HIUAY543
HIUAY5W
HIUAY545
HZUAY546
HIUAY547
HIUAY548
HIWAY549
HIWAY550
HIWAY551
HI WAYS 52
HIUAY553
HIUAY55
-------
ISJ
O
00
      C2 =  2.*SZ»SZ
      C3 =  H«H/C2
      IF 1C 3- SO .) 360. 41 Of 110
360   A2 =  2./EXPIC3I
410   SUM  = 0.
      THL  = 2. * HL
420   AN =  AN * 1.
      A4 =  0.
      A6 =  0.
      C5 =  AN* THL
      CC -  H-C5
      CE =  H  * C5
      C6 -  COCC/C2
      C8 -  CE*CE/C2
      IF 1C 6- 50 .) 430* 480. 480
430   Aft =  2./EXPIC6I
480   IF(C8-50.1490t540t540
490   AS =  2./EXPIC8!
540   T  =  Aft  * A6
      SUM  - SUM + T
      IF (T -0 .0 1) 550. 42Ot 420
550   RC =  Al * IA2 + SUM I
      M  =  4
      RETURN
      END
                  92 HIWAY572
                  93 HI WAYS 73
                  94 HI WAYS 74
                  95 HI WAYS 75
                  96 HIWAY576
                  97 HI WAYS 77
                  98 HI WAYS 78
                  99 HIWAY579
                 100 HI WAYS 80
                 101 HZ WAYS 81
                 102 HI WAYS 82
                 103 HIUAY583
                 104 HI WAY 5 84
                 105 HI HAYS 85
                 106 HIWAYS86
                 107 HIWAY587
                 108 HIWAYS88
                 109 HIWAY589
                 110 HIHAY590
                 111 HIUAY591
                 112 HIWAY592
                 113 HI WAYS 93
                 114 HI HAYS 94
                 115 HIUAY595
                 116 HIHAY596
         56  COMMENT CARDS
                             1   CONTINUATION  CARDS
41 NUMBERED STATEMENTS

-------
NJ
o
      SUBROUTINE DBTSIG  (X tXY. KST* SY *SZ)
      011C NS ION XA(7)*X8C2>*XO(5)*XE(8)*XF(9)*
     • AM 6) *BD(6) »AE19) .BEf 9) tAF( !0>t BF(1Q)
      DATA  X A/.5 ..4..3 ,.25..2. .15. .17
      DA TA  X B/ .4 t. 2/
      DATA  XD 730. tlD. t3.t 1. t.3/
      DATA  XE /40. *20. »1C. *4..2. .1...3*. I/
      DATA  XF /60. .30. .15. *7.*3. .2..1. *.7..2/
      DATA  A A /453.85* 346. 75 .258 .89* 217. 41 .179
      DATA  B A /2.1166.1.7283.1.4G94.1.2644.1.1
      DATA  A B /109. 3 0.98 .483 .90. 67 3/
      DATA  BB /1.0971.0. 98332. 0.931987
      DATA  AD /4 4. 05 3* 36 .6 50 .3 3. 50 4. 32 .093 .3 2.
      DATA  BO /C.51173*0.56589*0.60486*0.64403
      DATA  A £ /47.618*35.420*26. 970.24.7C3.22.
     • 24. 26 /
      DATA  BE /C .29592 .0.376 15 *C.467 13 .0.50527
     » 0.81956 .0.83667
      DATA  AF /34. 219* 27.074*2 2. 651*17 .8 36 .16.
     * 14. 45 7t 15 .209 /
      DATA  BF /O . 21716 .0. 274 36 .0 .32681 *C . 41507
     • 0.6 84 65 tO.7 8407 tO.81558 /
      GO  TO (10*20*30*40.50*6G)*KST
C         STABILITY  A HOI
10    TH  -  t 24 .167  - 2.5334*ALOG CXY) 1/57.2958
      IF  I X.GT.3.11) 60  TO  63
      DO  11 ID = 1.7
      IF (X.GE. XA(ID) I 60 TO 12
11    CONTINUE
      ID  =  8
12    SZ  =  A At B)>  » X »* BAIID)
      60  TO 71
C         S TA BI LI TY  B ( 20 1
20    TH  -  (18.333  - 1 .8096*AL06 (XY) 1/57 .2958
      IF (X.6T, 35.)  60 TO 69
      DO  21 E> - 1.2
      IF  ( X.6E.XBIID1) 60  TO 22
                                                           AA (8 },BA(8>.ABC3). BB (31,
                                                           .52. 170.22.158 .08.122.87
                                                           262. 1.09 32*1.0542 *.944 7/
093* 34.4597
.0.81066.0.869747
53 4* 21 .6 28 .21. 62 8 . 23 .3 31 »

.0 .5 7154 tO .6 30 77 • 0 .7 56 60 »

18 7. 14 .8 23 *1 3. 35 3 » 13 .9 53 »

•0 .464 90 *0 .545C3 .0 .6 3227 •
 1
 2

 3
 4
 5
 6
 7
 8
 9
10
11
12
13
15

16

17

18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
HI WAY 5 97
HIWAYS98
HI WAYS 99
HIWAY60C
HIUAY6C1
HIUAY602
HIWAY603
HI WAY 6 04
HIWAY605
HIUAY606
HIUAY6C7
HIMAY608
HIUAY6C9
HIUAY610
HIWAY611
HI WAYS 12
HIWAY613
HIWAY614
HIUAY61S
HI HA Y616
HIWAY617
HI WAY 618
HIWAY519
HIWAY620
HIWAY621
HIWAY622
HIWAY623
HIWAY624
HIWAY625
HIWAY626
HI HA Y6 27
HIWAY628
HIUAY629
HIWAY63C
HIHAY631
HIWAY632
HIWAY633

-------
KJ
o
en
21     CONTINUE
       ID =  3
22     SZ =  ABC ID I *  X
       60 TO TO
C        STABILITY C I
30     TH =  ( 12 .5 - 1 .0
       SZ -  6 1* 111 *X *
       60 TO 70
C        STABILITY D I
40     TH =  ( 8.3333-0.7
       DO 41 ID = 1.5
       IF  ( X. GE.XDUD))
41     CO NT IN UE
       ID =  6
42     SZ =  A Dl ID I •  X
       60 TO 70
C        STABILITY E I
5C     TH =  ( 6. 25 - 0.5
       DO 51 ID = 1.8
       IF  I X. 6£.XEIID)1
51     CONTINUE
       ID =  9
52     SZ =  AE(ID) *  X
       60 TO 70
C        STABILITY F I
60     TH =  C 4. 1667 - 0
       DO 61 ID = 1.9
       IF  ( X. GE.XF(IDI)
61     CONTINUE
       ID =  10
62     SZ =  AFC ID I •  X
       GO TO 70
69     SZ =  5000.
       60 TO 71
70     IF  I SZ .6 T. 5000.1
71     SY =  1000. • XY
       RETURN
*• BB(ID)

30)
857»ALOGCXY) )/57 .2958
* 0.91465

40)
2382*ALOGf XY))/57.295B

 GO TO 42


• * BD(IO)

50)
4287*ALOGf XY 1) /57. 2958

 GO TO 52


** BE! ID)

60)
.36191 «ALO61 XY)) /S7.2958

 GO TO 62


• * BFIID)
                              SZ =  5000.
                             * SIN(TH)/C2.15 * COSITHU
31 HIUAY634
32 HIUAY635
33 HIUAY636
34 HI WAYS 37
   HI HA Y6 38
35 HI WAYS 39
36 HIUAY640
37 HIUAY641
   HIUAY642
38 HIUAY643
39 HIUAY644
40 HIHAY645
41 HIMAY646
42 HIWAY647
43 HIUAY64B
44 HIUAY649
   HIUAY650
45 HIUAY651
46 HIUAY652
47 HI WAYS 53
48 HIUAY654
49 HIWAY655
50 HIUAY656
51 HIWAYS57
   HIWAY658
52 HIWAY659
53 HIUAY660
54 HI WAYS 61
55 HIWAYS62
56 HIWAYS63
57 HIWAYS64
58 HIWAYS65
59 HIWAY666
SO HIWAY667
61 HIWAYS68
62 HIWAYS69
63 HI WAYS 70

-------
             END

        S  COMMENT CARDS
                             5   CONTINUATION  CARDS
                  6*  HIUAY671

19 NUMBERED STATEMENTS
KJ
o
       FUNCTION XVY  ISYOtKSTI
       GO  TO Cl*2t3>4t5t6)fKST
1      XVY = (SYO/213.) ••1.1148
       RETURN
2      XVY - IS YO/155.) ••1.09 7
       RETURN
3      XVY r ISYO/1C3.) ••1.092
       RETURN
4      XVY = CSYO/68. )**1.G76
       RETURN
5      XVY r ISYO/50. )**1.G86
       RETURN
6      XVY = (SYO 733. 51 ••1.08 3
       RETURN
       END
                    1 HI WAYS 72
                    2 HIUAY673
                    3 HIWAY674
                    4 HIWAY675
                    5 HIWAY676
                    6 HIVAY677
                    7 HIWAY678
                    8 HIWAY679
                    9 HIUAY680
                  10 HIUAY681
                  11 HIWAY682
                  12 HIWAYS83
                  13 HIUAY684
                  14 HIUAY685
                  15 HIUAY686
         0  COMMENT CARDS
                             0   CO NT IN UAH ON  CARDS
 6 NUMBERED STATEMENTS

-------
NJ
o
       C
       10

       11

       12

       C
       20

       21

       22
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
SB
SD
SE
SF
A A
AB
AD
AE
 FUNCTION  XVZ (SZC.KST)
 DIMENSION SA(7)fSB(2)t SD(5),SE(8
  AR 10 >»CA<3).C3<3).CD(6 )»CE(9),
 DATA SA 713.95.21.40.29.3.37.67.
          720.23.40.7
          712.09.32.09.65.12.134.9
          /3 .534 18 .6 98 t21. 62 8t 33 .4
          74.093.10. 93.13. 953.21.6
          /I 22 .8 .1 58 .08. 17 Q. 22 .1 79
          790.673.98.483.109.37
          734.459.32.093.32.093.33
          /2 4.26 .2 3. 331*21.6 28 .21.
• 4 7. 61 8/
 DATA AF 715.209.14.457.13.953.13
* 27.074.34.2197
 DATA C A 71 .0585. .948G*.9147*.887
 DATA CB /I .073 .1.017..91157
 DATA CD 71.1498.1.2336.1.5527.1.
 DATA CE /I .195 3. 1.2202.1.3217.1.
* 3.37937
 DATA CF 71.2261.1.2754.1.4606.1.
• 3.6448.4.60497
 60 TO  (10f 20»30»40.50.60)»KST
    STABILITY A(10)
 DO 11  ID  = 1.7
 IF (SZO.LC.SAUDI I  60 TO 12
 CONTINUE
 ID = 8
 XVZ  =ISZO/AAfID) l**CAf 101
 RETURN
    STABILITY B (20)
 DO 21  ID  - 1.2
 IF ( SZO.LE.SB(IO))  60 TO 22
 CONTINUE
 ID = 3
 XVZ  =  (SZO/AB(ID))**CB(ID)
 RETURN
USFC9).
CF(10)
47.44.71

.251.27
89.U9.76
27.26.97
.52.217.

.501.36.
628.22.5

.953.14.

9. .7909.

6533.1.7
5854.1.7
AA <8 ),A3<3)»AD(6 )» A£ 19 )•

.16. 104.CS/


7. 79 .0 7. ID 9. 3. 14 1. 85 /
6. 4C..54.89.68.84. B3 .2 5/
41 .258.39.346.75.453 .857

650. 44.C53/
34 »2
-------
to
o
00
C         STABILITY C  I 30 )
30     XVZ r (SZO 761. 141)** 1.09 33
       RETURN
C         S TA BI LI TY D  C 10 )
40     DO  41 ID = 1*5
       IF CSZO.LE, SD1ID) )  GO TO 42
41     CO NT IN UE
       10  =  S
42     XVZ = (SZO/ADCID )) **CDfID)
       RETURN
C         STABILITY E  I 50 I
50     DO  51 ID = 1*8
       IF  f SZO.LE.SECIDM GO TO 52
51     CO NT IN UE
       ID  =  9
52     XVZ = CSZO/AECIO M»»CE(ID)
       RETURN
C         STABILITY F (SO)
60     DO  61 ID = 1*9
       IF (SZO.LE. SF(ID) )  GO TO 62
61     CONTINUE
       ID  =  10
62     XVZ = CSZO/AF(IDn**CF(ID)
       RETURN
       END
                      HI WAY? 24
                  31  HIUAY725
                  32  HIWAY726
                      HIWAY727
                  33  HIWAY728
                  34  HIWAY729
                  35  HIWAY730
                  36  HIWAY731
                  37  HIUAY732
                  38  HIUAY733
                      HIWAY734
                  39  HIWAY735
                  40  HIWAY736
                  41  HIWAY737
                  4?  HIUAY738
                  43  HIWAY739
                  44  HIUAY74C
                      HIUAY741
                  45  HIWAY742
                  46  HIUAY743
                  47  HIUAY744
                  48  HIUAY745
                  49  HIWAY746
                  50  HIWAY747
                  51  HIUAY748
         6  COMMENT  CARDS
                             5   CO NT IN UAH ON CARDS
16 NUMBERED STATEMENTS

-------
                           APPENDIX B6.3


                             LINE SOURCE

                              MODELING


                                 by


                           0. -Bruce Turner*
                  Environmental Applications Branch
                        Meteorology Laboratory
              To Be Presented by L. E. Niemeyer* at the
                5th Meeting of the Panel on Modeling
                    Of the NATO Committee on the
                    Challenges of Modern Society
                NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER
                  OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
                 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                 RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. C. 27711
* On Assignment from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
  U.S. DeparLinent of Coraicrce
                             -»no ,

-------
                       LINE SOURCE MODELING
                             ABSTRACT

     This paper discusses estimation of air pollutant concentrations
from line sources such as highways and airport runv/ays.  Emphasized
is the Gaussian plume approach applicable v/her. there is undisturbed
horizontal flow from the source to the receptor.  Results are given
for an example of the estimation of particulate sulfate concentrations
from motor vehicles.  Sensitivity to atmospheric stability and to the
angle betv/een wind direction and source orientation is shown.  Sufficient
comparisons have been made with field measurements to give some degree
of confidence in the use of this model.
                              210

-------
                           INTRODUCTION

     This paper discusses the estimation/of air pollution concentrations
that result from line source emissions.  Highways and airport runways
are examples of such line sources.   To estimate concentrations from
these line sources, several  different approaches have been used.   These
include use of Gaussian models and  of cell  models.  Inputs to the models
require information concerning the  source geometry and its emissions,
the meteorological  conditions, and  also the location of the receptor
points.  One of the primary needs for a line source model is to estimate
concentrations from linear highway  segments.  These estimates are used
in preparing environmental impact statements.   Of major interest for
impact statements are the meteorological conditions and angle of the
wind with the roadway that lead to  the highest concentrations.
     An additional  use of line source models is to determine the environmental
Impact of aircraft emissions from runways and taxiways.

                            APPROACHES

     There are several different approaches to simulating dispersion
from line sources.   The approach that will  be emphasized here is the
use of Gaussian dispersion models.   The Gaussian models assume that
the distributions of pollutants in  the crosswind and vertical directions
are Gaussian or bell-shaped distributions.   The Gaussian approach is
limited to situations where the wind flow is horizontal and parallel
to the ground, and a single representative wind speed can be chosen.
                                211

-------
Situations that have been considered using the Gaussian model are
"at-grade level" roads and also roads in "cut-sections."  In the case
of the "cut-section" roadway, it is assumed that the flow above the
cut is essentially horizontal and estinates are only made for receptor
points outside the cut.
     Depending upon the angle betv/een the wind direction and the roadway,
and also upon the length of the roadway, either simple formulae or
numerical integration procedures are used to estimate the concentrations
at receptors.  These are discussed below.
     In applying the Gaussian model to highway segments, a separate
line source and emission rate are used for each lane of traffic.  To
account for the initial dispersion in the turbulent wake behind each
vehicle, an initial distribution of pollution is also assumed.
     Air quality estimates are needed for averaging times of 1  hour
or longer because of the averaging times of the air quality standards.
Therefore, emissions averaged over hourly time periods are used.  The
averaging is done by determining total vehicle flow for each hour and
the appropriate emission factor to obtain the average emission  over
each one-hour time period.  Different emission rates can be used for
each lane of traffic based on the number of vehicles using that particular
lane.
                                212

-------
     Other approaches, such as the grid a'pproach, as used in the EXPLOR
Model, (Sklarew, Fabrick, and Prager, V972) have also been applied to
line sources.  Cell models, using diffusivities for the dispersion,
can account for variations in flow and the increase of wind speed
with height.  However, these will not be discussed in this paper.

                       INPUTS TO THE MODEL
     There are three important inputs to the line source model.  First,
the location of the source and the emission rates must be known.  In
the case of a highway segment the coordinates of the end points of
the segment, the number of lanes, the total width of the highway, and
the width of any median are required.  Emissions for each lane separately
are entered as grams per second per meter of length.  This line source
emission rate, q&, can be found if the emission factor EF (g veh   km" )
and the traffic volume TV (veh hr  ) are known.  The following equation
similar to that from Zimmerman and Thompson (1974) is used:
                                  .""I !.._"" I > TII /	i_ i_ ~i
(g sec'V1)  = EF ( g  veh"'  km"1) TV (veh hr"1)
               1000.(m km"1)  3600 (sec  hr"1)
                       2.78xlO'7 (EF) (TV)
                                 213

-------
A value for the emission factor can be obtained from the Second Edition
of Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (EPA, 1973).  Vlhen
vehicle speed is known and different from that used in the reference,
a multiplier correction factor is used.

     The second category of input is meteorological conditions.  Wind
direction, wind speed, stability class, and mixing height are required
for each hour.  Since mixing height is the top of the neutral or unstable
layer, it is not a valid concept for situations where stable conditions
exist in the layer of atmosphere near the ground.  Therefore, a value
for mixing height is not considered for stable conditions.

     The third classification of input is the location of receptors.
The East and North coordinates and the height above ground (usually
zero) are needed.

Calculation of Concentrations
     For the special situation of the wind direction perpendicular to
the line source with the end points of the line at some distances from
the location of interest, the Gaussian Model is a simple equation:
      _      q*
x =  \f~  u oz(x + a)
                                                                    (1)
This and all other equations presented here are for the case where both
the line source and the receptor are at ground-level,  x is tne concentration,
                               214

-------
q  is the emission rate, u is the v/ind speed, and a  is the dispersion
parameter value dependent upon distance from the source and stability
class.  The distance from source to receptor is x.  a is the virtual
distance to give the required initial o  (discussed below).

     Calder (1973) has given a modified equation to use when the line
source can still be regarded as infinite in length but the v/ind deviates
from the perpendicular.  Deviations as much as 75° from the perpendicular
can be handled in this v/ay for very long line sources (about 15 to 20 km).
The equation used is:
                     x ~  «  -   sin a u a£(x + a)                  '2'
where a is the angle between the wind direction and the orientation
of the line source and x, which is the distance from the receptor to
the point on the line source directly upwind, is found from:

                            x = d/sin a
where d is the perpendicular distance of the receptor from the line
source.  If more than one lane of a roadway is being simulated, the
equation must be applied to each lane independently and the resulting
concentrations summed.
                                  215

-------
     When the wind direction is close to that of the line source, or
the line source can no longer be regarded as infinite so that end effects
may occur; Calder's approximation is no longer valid.  The calculation
of concentration must be made by a simple numerical integration of the
Gaussian plume point source equation over a finite length.  The coordinates
of the end points of a line source of length L extending from point A to
B (see figure 1) are R., S. and Rfi, Sg.  The direction of the line source
from A to B is B.  The coordinates R, S of any point along the line at
the arbitrary distance x. from point A is given by:
                         R = RA + 8. sin £
                         S = SA + ft cos @
     Given a receptor at R^, $k, the downwind distance, x, and the
crosswind distance, y, of the receptor from the point R, S for any wind
direction 0 is given by:

                  x = (S -  Sk)  cos  0 +  (R -  Rk)  sin 0

                  y = (S -  S. )  sin  0 -  (R -  R.)  cos 0
                            IN                K
     Since R and S are functions of £, x.and y are also functions of £.

     The concentration, x from the line source is then given by:
                                 216

-------
                  X =
                       U
                                  xp(-yV2ov)dA
where a and b are the virtual distances required to produce the initial
az apd <*v respectively.
     The trapezoidal  approximation to the integral  is found by the
following.  Let Afc =  L/M
where:
                        u
                 exp  -
             fi =
    -y2ClA£]     1
m  2o 2(x[iA£]+b)J
                     N-l
                    n fi
                     1=1
                                                                    (3)
     For a given initial  choice of the interval  length,  M,  the  calculation
Is then interatively repeated with twice the number  of  intervals,  that
1s, with AH/2, AA/4 ...,  until the concentration estimates converge  to
within some specified limit of accuracy.  This value then represents
the true value of the integral.
                               217

-------
     Figure 2 gives guidance on which equation or procedure to use for
receptors near a specific line source.  For v/inds perpendicular to the
source, equation (1) can be used over a wide area.  Equation (2) can
be used over a smaller area.  The size of both of these areas increases
with length of the line source.  Also the angular range for which
equation (2) applies, changes somewhat with source length.
     The initial dispersion caused by the down wash or v/ake effect behind
each individual vehicle is considered in the model by assuming an initial
a  (horizontal dispersion parameter) value of 3 meters, and an initial
a  (vertical dispersion parameter) value of 1.5 meters at each point
along the line source.  This is depicted in Figure 3.

                         SPECIFIC EXAMPLE
     The example discussed here relates to particulate sulfate
concentrations produced by automobiles.  Most gasoline marketed in
the United States contains a small amount of sulfur.   In order to meet
automobile emission standards for carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons,
catalytic-converters are scheduled for use on a number of 1975 model-
year automobiles.  The converter will oxidize carbon  monoxide and
hydrocarbons to water vapor and carbon dioxide.  It will also oxidize
the sulfur in the exhaust to sulfur trioxide which will rapidly convert
to sulfuric acid due to the high humidity in the exhaust.  Sulfuric
acid mist and other sulfate aerosols will result.
                                218

-------
     Measurements of atmospheric sulfate ,have been related to adverse
health effects in various studies (Finklea, 1973).  It is therefore
desirable to estimate sulfate particulate levels at receptor locations
near busy roadv/ays.  Since associated health effects have been compared
with 24-hour measured air quality levels, it is desirable to make the
estimates with the model for up to 24 hours.

     •An estimate of emission rate of sulfate from catalytic equipped
vehicles was first obtained from the mobile source air pollution control
experts.  Computations were then made on the assumption that 25% of the
vehicle miles traveled on the roadway segment v/ere by vehicles equipped
with catalytic converters.  A segment of expressv/ay, 10 lanes in width,
(43 meters wide including a 3 meter median) and 2 kilometers in length
was chosen as the source.  Traffic flow rate at the busiest time of
day was assumed to be 2,000 vehicles per hour per lane.

     Estimates of hourly concentrations v/ere made for a day having rather
typical meteorological conditions, and for a day with adverse meteorological
conditions.  Receptor locations, perpendicular to the mid point of the
2 km highway, v/ere considered at 3, 50, and 500 meters av/ay from the
downwind edge of the highway.  Computations v/ere made with the wind
perpendicular to the highway segment.  Computations were then made varying
the angle of wind direction to the highway in order to determine what
angle produced the maximum concentration at each specific receptor.  The
results of these short term estimates with an everaging time of one
hour are shown in Table 1.
                                 219

-------
     Computations of 24-hour sulfate concentrations at each receptor
were then made, varying both meteorological conditions and the volume
of vehicles, hour by hour.  Realistic vehicle flow rate variations
were obtained from  highway experts.  The hourly meteorological conditions
'used were from a 24-hour period of airport data.  This 24-hour period
was selected for its light wind speeds, stable conditions, and small
variability in wind direction.  An orientation of the highway segment
was chosen so that  there was some cross-expressway component of the
wind in the same direction during most of the 24 hours.  The temporal
variations in concentrations at the various receptors'are shown in
Figure 4.  Average estimated 24-hour concentrations during this period
at the receptor distances of 3, 50, and 500 meters are 11, 5, and 0.2
   _3
ygm  , respectively.  Although this computation may not represent the
worst situation, it can be considered as an adverse situation with
regard to size of highway, amount of vehicular traffic, and meteorological
conditions.

             MODEL  LIMITATIONS AND CONFIDENCE LIMITS
     The application of the Gaussian line source model is restricted
to cases where there is horizontal flow and a representative mean
wind can be determined between the source and the receptor.  The influence
of local roughness which is caused by trees or buildings close to the
roadway is not included in this model.  It is assumed that the surroundings
                             220

-------
are nearly-level open country.  The dispersion parameter values o
and a , are basically extrapolations to shorter travel distances of
the dispersion parameter values for the Pasquill stability types used
in Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates (Turner, 1970).-  Therefore,
these may be slightly in error due to local roughness.  The initial
mixing zone due to the turbulence behind vehicles is estimated from a
very limited amount of data and could be subject to change with availability
of future field studies.  Changing the stability classification by one
cl.ass will change the concentrations by 10 to 20% close to the source
and as much as a factor of 2 at distances greater than about 1 km.
Including other sources of error, the accuracy of the model is that
estimates might be expected to be within field measurements by a factor
of 3 to 5.
     There have been some limited comparisons of calculations with the
model and field measurements.  These comparisons have not been sufficient
in number to validate the model with regard to the full range of stability
classes or the entire range of possible angles of the wind with the roadway
The initial a's and the dispersion parameter values themselves are subject
to change in response to further field measurements and consideration
of local surface roughness.  The model should not be applied to highway
locations on a fill or built upon elevated columns above the ground
surface because in these situations the flow can not be considered
horizontal.
                               221

-------
                        MODEL SENSITIVITY

     'The model assumes concentrations are inversely proportional  to
wind speed.  As mentioned previously, change of stability class will
cause considerable changes in concentration.  Figure 5 shows the
concentrations at receptor locations downwind of the line source for
various stability classes for the case of perpendicular winds.   A
four lane highway 19 meters wide with a 3 meter median was used for
this exercise.  The highway segment is 5 kilometers long with the
receptors perpendicular to the center of the segment.  So as to be
normalized for the emissions and wind, emissions for each lane were
assumed to be 1 g sec"  m   and wind speed was set at 1 m sec  .
Figure 6 shows the concentrations at receptor locations at the same
distances from the identical line source but for wind direction only
10° from the orientation of the line source.  Figure 7 shov/s the change
in concentration as the angle of the wind with the source orientation
changes for different receptor positions.  The same source is used as for
Figures 5 and 6.  The stability used was class E.  Note that for
receptors close to the highway, the maximum concentration occurs with
small angles of the wind to the source orientation.  For receptors at
greater distances from the source, the maximum concentration occurs
with a larger angle.  Although larger, these angles are still quite
small, being only 17° from parallel with the line source for a receptor
500 meters from the source.
                               222

-------
                            CONCLUSION
     Line source models are useful  for estimating concentrations from
traffic on highway segments and airport taxiways and runways.  A  model
based on the familiar Gaussian assumptions can be used for the full
range of receptor locations and wind orientations with the line source
for situations v/here the wfnd blows horizontally along the ground surface.
These assumptions are most completely fulfilled for at-grade roadways
with no significant obstructions to the flow at the side of the road.
Although not completely validated for the full range of stability and
wind angle situations, sufficient comparisons have been made with field
measurements to give some degree of confidence in the use of this model.
For more complex highway configurations other approaches such as the
use of cellular models are in order.

                         ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
     The author is indebted to Larry Niemeyer, Karl  Zeller, Lea Prince,
Susan Godfrey, and Floyd Jenkins for their comments  and assistance.
                                223

-------
                            REFERENCES
Gaidar, K.L., 1973:  On Estimating Air Pollution Concentrations
  From a Highway in an Oblique Wind, Atmos. Environ. 7, 863-868 (Sep 73)

Environmental Protection Agency, 1973:  Compilation of Air Pollutant
  Emission Factors.  Second Edition.  EPA Publ.  No. AP-42.  Research
  Triangle Park, NC (Apr 73)

Finklea, J.F., 1973:  Conceptual Basis for Establishing Standards.
  Proceedings of the Conference on Health Effects of Air Pollutants,
  October 3-5, 1973, p 686, United States Senate Publication 93-15,
  U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. (November 1973)

Sklarew, R.C.; Fabrick, A.J.; and Prager, J.E.,  1972:  Atmospheric
  Simulation Modeling of Motor Vehicle Emissions in the Vicinity of
  Roadways.  Presented at the 1972 Sunnier Computer Simulation
  Conference, San Diego.  June 14-16.

Turner, D.B., 1970:  Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates
  Environmental Protection Agency Publ. No. AP-26, Research Triangle
  Park, NC 84 p.

Zimmerman, J.R.; and Thompson, R.S., 1974:  User's Guide for HIWAY,
  A Highway Air Pollution Model.  Environmental  Protection Agency.
  Environmental Monitoring Series EPA-650/4-008  (Jun 74).
                                224

-------
                                                TABLE  1



           ONE-HOUR ESTIMATED SUSPENDED PARTICULATE SULFATE AND SULFURIC ACID CONCENTRATIONS

                             IN THE VICINITY OF A BUSY TO-LAME EXPRESSWAY.*
ISJ
KJ
in
         Distance from
       Edge of Expressway
            (meters)
               3

              50

             500
                                                   Concentration (yg m  )

                                    Normal Meteorology                Adverse Meteorology
     Wind
Perpendicular
  Wind at
Worst Angle
2.1
1.3
0.3
5
2
0.3
     Wind
Perpendicular
  Wind at
Worst Anale
20
19
5
88
33
6
    * Assumes 25% of the vehicle miles traveled on a busy 10 lane expressway 2 km long (20,000

      vehicles per hour at 30 ml hr" ) are by vehicles equipped with oxidation catalyst devices

      emitting 0.05 grams of sulfuric acid or sulfate per vehicle mile.  Other 75% of vehicle

      miles emit no sulfuric acid or sulfate.

-------
NORTH
       (RA,SA)
                                          WIND
                                      RECEPTOR
                                      (R, S)
                                                          (RB,SB)
                                                              EAST
             LINE SOURCE AND RECEPTOR RELATIONSHIPS
                               226
                                                            FIGURE  1

-------
EQUATION (2) CAN BE USED FOR THE AREA
WITH LINES BETWEEN THE PLUMES FROM THE
             END POINTS.

-------
ASSUMED INITIAL CONCENTRATION PROFILES IN THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL
          RESULTING FROM INITIALcry OF 3, AND INITIAL<7Z OF 1.5
                                                                  FIGURE  3

-------
                               DURING 24 HOURS AT 3 DISTANCES FROM A HlGSi.'.AY
KJ

KJ
                                                      10 LANE HIGHWAY
                                                       2 km LONG

                                                        43 metors WIDE
                                                         3  meter MEDIAN
                                                   RECEPTORS PERPENDICULAR
                                                    TO_CENTER OF LINE
                                                     EMISSION'S AND
                                                      METEOROLOGY
                                                      VARIED HOUR BY HOUR
                                     4   6    8
10  12  ,14'

     TIME
16   18   20   22   24
                                                                                     FIGURE 4

-------
                         X AS A FUNCTION OF DISTANCE FROM ROAD FOR 6 STABILITY CLASSES
                                        (PERPENDICULAR WINDS)
I
                                   5     10             50    100             SCO

                          PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE OF RECEPTOR FROM LINE SOURCE .(nT)
1COO
                                                                                         FIGtJRF  5

-------
                     •X AS A FUNCTION OF DISTANCE FROM ROAD FOR 6 STABILITY CLASSES
                               (WIND AT ANGLE OF 10° WITH LINE SOURCE)
ISJ
OJ
                                                          50     100
500   : 1000

-------
KJ
UJ
KJ
            10
s
 •k
X
                       XAS A FUNCTION OF ANGLE OF THE WIND WITH LINE SOURCE
                                   FOR 5 RECEPTOR DISTANCES
              -I .1                            I            !
             0   5   10   15   20   25   30   35   40.  45  50   55   60  65   70   75   80   85   SO
                      ANGLE OF WIND WITH RESPECT TO ROADWAY ORIENTATION, degrees
                                                                                 FIGURE  7

-------
                             AKPLNUIX  B7.1A

                              Status Report

              Development of a Methodology to Determine the
         Effects of Fuel and Additives on Atmospheric Visibility
     The initial work to study the effects of fuel and fuel additives on
atmospheric visibility is being conducted by the Calspan Corporation.  The
Calspan Corporation contract is for a laboratory study to develop the
measurement methodology and to use the recommended methodology for study
of visibility reduction by emissions from automobiles using a "standard
EPA fuel additive study reference fuel" and additives.  The work is to be
conducted in three phases:  (1)  methodology development (including test
facility development), interim report on methodology development and
recommendation,and (3) the application and methodology tests with auto-
mobiles using the reference fuel and the additives CI-2 and F-319.

     The test facilities for the study have been completed, the methodology
development tests have been completed (phase 1), and an oral interim report
recommending the measurement method has been presented (phase 2).

     The results of the methodology tests indicate that the atmospheric
visibility-reducing potential of exhaust emissions is primarily dependent
on the HC/NOX ratio of the emissions.  The combustion products with the
highest HC/NOX ratio produce the most visibility reduction.

     At present, a contract overrun is being negotiated for completing the
third phase work.  The overrun was due to unexpected delays in preparation
of facilities for the study, slow stabilization of vehicle performance,
and the lengthy sample test periods of 24 hours.

     During the phase 3 part of the program,the exhaust emissions from a
1971 catalyst-equipped Ford automobile will be tested to determine the
effect of the catalyst on the visibility effects of the emissions.
                                     233

-------
                                    FIGURE 1 :    ORIGINAL VEHICLE  EMISSION TEST  SCHEDULE
                                               MILEAGE ACCUMULATION. THOUSANDS OF MILES
KJ
W
-t
<
VEHICLE NO. 1
VEHICLE NO. 2
VEHICLE NO. 3
) 1 2 3 4 5
III 1


-t A fr't- A/?
r> r> A o
« o ^ c B/?

*^ Y
LEGEND
1. O " MILEAGE CONDITIONING TEST (SINGLE TEST)
2. A - REPRODUCIBILITY DEMONSTRATION TESTS
(TRIPLICATE TESTS)
3. A - ENDOLENC 0
B " ENDOLENt 0 + 0.5 GM/GAL TEL
C - EPA REFERENCE FUEL
D • E»A REFERENCE FUEL + 0.5 GM/GAL TEL
6 7 8 £
1 ' '

A f\ f*. j
B 	 • ** — -
A o o '
1r -t n Id
	 /\ 	 ^^\ ^^ 1
« •« \^^^^^^^^\J^^^^^^^^-
} 10 1
I
-
> 	 O 	 i
I r> t
a H n m-
1** U/J *"(
O t
NOTES:
1. AN UNSPECIFIED NUMBER OF
PRELIMINARY TESTS WILL BE
PERFORMED DURING THE FIRST
TWO THOUSAND MILES
2. EACH ENGINE WILL BE CLEANED
AND A NEW EXHAUST SYSTEM
INSTALLED AFT ER THF. FIRST SI)
THOUSAND MILES.
                 4.   a = CHF.VRON F-310

                     fl ~ ETHYL CI-2

-------
                                 FIGURE 2   REVISED VEHICLE EMISSION TEST SCHEDULE
                                             MILEAGE ACCUMULATION, THOUSANDS OF MILES
(A)
012 34567
II 1 1 1 1 1
vehicle No. 1 t 	 	 A


f*\ f^ ^ A
	 t> {J 	 {J Li

O O O •"•
1 1 1 1
Performance Date: 9/24 10/15 11/12 12/10
LEGEND
1. O • MILEAGE CONDITIONING TEST (SINGLE TEST)
2. A - REPRODUCIBILITY DEMONSTRATION TESTS
89 10 11 12 13
II III






 	 O— • * " Y O O~ Y
1 i 1 1 1 |
1/7 3/18 4/8 LTO BE DETERMINED
P INTERIM REPORT
NOTES:
1. AN UNSPECIFIED NUMBER OF
PRELIMINARY TESTS WILL BE
PERFORMED DURING THE FIRST
14 If
c J
« C6 J
rt -A
U ti
, D8 ^
A
— n— — A
I
1 1
AFTER 	 J
                           (TRIPLICATE TESTS)
                       A - INDOLENE 0
                       B - INDOLENE 0 + 0.5 GM/GAL TEL
                       C " EPA REFERENCE FUEL
                       D - EPA REFERENCE FUEL + 0.5 GM/GAL TEL
                       a - CHEVRON F-310
                       /? - ETHYL CI-2
    SEVEN THOUSAND MILES
2.   EACH ENGINE WILL BE CLEANED
    AND A NEW EXHAUST SYSTEM
    INSTALLED AFTER THE FIRST TEH
    THOUSAND MILES.

-------
       .NO
        2
        5
        6
        7
        8
        9
o	o
AUTO EXHAUST -»- NATURAL AIR (200:1)
AUTO EXHAUST + NATURAL AIR (200:1)
AUTO EXHAUST + NATURAL AIR (200:1)
AUTO EXHAUST + NATURAL AIR (200:1)
AUTO EXHAUST + NATURAL AIR (200:1)
NATURAL AIR ONLY
RH
35%
35%
35%
80%
80%
80%
CARC
CARC
CARC
CAR A
CAR A
at
E
                       6
                  8     10     12     14

                  IRRADIATION TIME (MRS)
                              16
18
20
                                                                      22
  Figure 3>
     EFFECT OF VARIATIONS IN NATURAL AIR ON TEST RESULTS
                                      236

-------
NO
4r~i— .-
r
10 O 	 C
11 j\' • £.
12 o 	 c

50 i
40
30
20
_i
10
u
a
85
5
4
3
2
1
(




L
f












] AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1)
) AUTO EXHAUST + Fl LTERED Al R (200:1 )
i AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1) + 0.8 ppm SO2
> AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1) + 0.9 ppm SO2





'
0
^'















-^

\
\








1







x
3^
1
\









\A
\

^












— :=-H

V _
^x


"v
5












L— -
t



t












Q--.
A^




^__.
	






-a —

xx

**>,





.

-10 -







K>1 .,......_..
^^^O

RH
35%
80%
35%
80%





4
^===1










"-<

CAR A
CAR A
CAR A
CAR A
!
i
i
|


^ — -











t
i




i
» ..^.TT-
12


) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
               IRRADIATION TIME (HRS)
Figure
EFFECT OF RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND ADDED SO2 ON TEST RESULTS
                      237

-------
NO
t
4
11 "
1* .
12"
1C
.0 	 D
.0 	 0
A 	 A
' A 	 A
                                                                    RH
                 AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1)
                 AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (500:1)
                 AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1) + 0.8 ppm SO2
                 AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (500:1)+ 0.12 ppm SO2
                 AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1) + 0.9 ppm SO2
                 AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (500:1) + 0.09 ppm SO2
35%
30%
35%
30%
80%
75%
CAR A
CAR A
CAR A
CAR A
CAR A
CAR A
                     4      6     8     10    12    14

                                   IRRADIATION TIME (HRS)
16
18    20
22
Figure 5       EFFECT OF DILUTION RATIO  . RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND ADDED SO2
               ON TEST RESULTS.
                                     238

-------
- - - - -
               AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (200:1) + 0.8 ppm SO2
               AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (500:1) + 0.12 ppm SO2
            0  AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (1000:1) + 0.05 ppm SO2
            D  AUTO EXHAUST + FILTERED AIR (500:1) + 0.04 SO2 +
                                        0.7 ppm HEXENE
            A  0.08 ppm SO2 + 0.7 ppm HEXENE
RH
35%
30%
30%
      CAR A
      CAR A
      CAR A
30%   CAR A
v>
-j
CO
V)
>
                                               14    16    18    20
                             IRRADIATION TIME (HRS)
       22
Figure  fo      EFFECT OF DILUTION RATIO,  ADDED HYDROCARBON AND SO2
              ON TEST RESULTS
                                    239

-------
                   O	-O  HEXENE-1 <2cc) + 0.07 SO2 DEC 5. 73

                             HEXENE-1 <2cc) + 0.035 SO2 + 2.1 NO FEB 1, 74
     50


     40


     30




     20
 s
 M




fl
1






_____










91












I





' ~~t











1




1 (
\
\










i




1 r

t>.
\
\









I




1 1


'x>
N













| 1



\

















!__.








i









^o
>»,






i




i r






X^





1












"•--o




1


















































~o


I
       0246
8     10     12    14

    TIME (MRS)—i-
16    18    20    22
Figure  7      COMPARISON OF HEXENE-1»SO2 IRRADIATION WITH AND WITHOUT

              THE ADDITION OF NO
                                      240

-------
                                                         TABLE  1

                                    METHODOLOGY  REPEATABILITY  TESTS - CARS A,  B 6 C
TEST
Car A
Car A
Car A
Car A

Car B
Car B
M Car B
~* Car B

Car C
Car C
Car C
Car C

#1
#2
#3
#4

#1
#2
#3
#4

n
#2
n
#4

CONDITION*
300:1
300:1
300.1
300.1
+
300:1
300:1
300:1
300:1
+
300:1
300:1
300:1
300:1
+
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
3 cc HC
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
3 cc HC
+ 0.05
+ 0.05
* 0.05
+ 0.05
3 cc HC
so2
so2
so2
so2

so2
so2
so2
so2

so.
so.
so2
so2

T
72°
78°
80°
79°

65°
73°
70°
74°

72°
70°
70°
o
70

RH
33%
25%
>22%
26%

28%
29%
28%
26%

23%
27%
28%
28%

N0i
3.53
3.90
3.87
3.65

3.50
3.55
3.46
3.72

3.58
3.42
3.46
3.70

N0f
1
1
1
1

1

1
1

1
1
1
2

.92
.68
.64
.90

.56
--
.20
.02

.40
.60
.76
.12

VIZ after 23 hrs
10.7
18.5 \
20.5 /
7.9

19.0 |
22.8 >
20.5 j
8.0

I7.il
18.0 \
14.0 j
3.4

Engine Failure
, 19.2 +1.3




20.8 +2.0




16.5 +2.5



*
 411 test samples irradiated for 23 hrs

 For all non-lead tests (i.e.,  Car A +  Car B)  avg visibility  =  20.3  +2.2 mi

-------
FIGURE   fc REPEATABILITY  TF.STS FOR 300:1
                                      A
DILI/FION - CAR A (NON-LEAD GAS)
   242

-------
CAN
                                               az
                 243

-------
FIGURE (0  REPEATABILITY TESTS FOR 300:1  DILUTION  - CAR C  (LOW-LEAD GAS)
                                   tOL   C,
                                                                             2%

-------
   2.8
   2.4
   2.0
   1.6
2
o
   1.2
   0.8
   0.4
                                               BEGIN USING ADO TIVES
                               4            6


                                   MILES(x103)
                                                                   10
12
     Figure U      HYDROCARBON EMISSIONS VS MILEAGE ACCUMULATION
                                        245

-------
    5.6
    4.8
    4.0
    3.2
O

8
    2.4
    1.6
    0.8

. —-S-	
                  B
                       •A
                        ;B
                               B
                                     B
                                           B
                                                      --J	
                                                 c


                                                 b
                              ©'
                               b
                                                       B
                                               r
                                                3    BEGI
                                    BEGIN

                                USING ADDITIVES  13


                                                                 . UJ
                                                                  o

                                                                  _i
                                                                  OL
                                                                  cc

                                           6
                                   MILES (x 10-5)
                                                 10
     Figure )?»     CARBON MONOXIDE EMISSIONS VS MILEAGE ACCUMULATION
12
                                        246

-------
5.6
4.8
4.0
3.2
2.4
1.6
0.8
                                           BEGIN USING ADDITIVES
                           4           6



                               MILESU103)
                                                        10
12
Figure
                      NOX EMISSIONS VS MILEAGE ACCUMULATION
                                  247

-------
                    TABLE I.
METHODOLOGY REPEATABILITY TESTS - CARS A,  B  6 C
Visibility in miles


Test
Car A
non-
lead
fuel
„ p!310
00
Car B
non-
lead
fuel
+
Cl-2
Car C
low-
lead
fuel
+ CI-2
#18
#19
#20
#21
#22

#11
#13
#15
#16
#17


#23
#24
#25
#26



Condition
300:1 + 0.05 SO,
il *
II
II
300:1 + 0.05 SO,
+ 3 cc HC
300:1 + 0.05 S02
ri
300:1 + 0.05 SO,
* 3 cc HC

300:1 + 0.05 SO,
i ii ^
it
300:1 + 0.05 SO-
+ 3 cc HC

T
°F
78
77
77
79
80

67
71
74
80
78


70
75
76
83


RH

46%
32%
41%
55%
43%

39%
31%
40%
36%
40%


36%
48%
49%
51%


N0i
ppm
2.94
4.10
3.78
2.91
3.58

3.45
3.55
3.47
3.30
3.27


3.68
3.20
3.32
2.97


N0£
ppm
1.30
2.20
1.90
1.21
1.28

1.64
1.78
1.62
1.35
0.90


1.57
1.13
1.29
--


HC
ppmC
3.15
2.50
2.95
3.30
8.05

3.60
3.55
3.90
3.75
8.85


5.25
5.25
5.00
10.8


after 23 hours irradiation
HC/NOx
1.07
0.61
0.79
1.13
2.25

1.04
0.97
1.13
1.13
2.70


1.43
1.64
1.51
3.63


April (10,000 mi)
21. 8-j
||;5|, 26.4+12
17.0-'
7.0

21.8-v
"•J 1 19.8 +3.1
16.8 r
17.8^
6.0


9.4>
7.7 \ 8.9 +1.2
9.8J
3.5


Feb
10
18
20

7

19
22
20

8


17
18
14



. (8000 mi)
.7
f} 19.2+1.3

.9

•°1
.8 C 20.8 +2.0

.0


.0 V 16.5 +2.5
.0 J




-------
   tt'i
10

-------
B-1B91

-------

-------
    50

    40


    30



    20
t
    10
     9
w    8
3    7
5
CO

s
: 4: . :
	
:
b
5






















&'•
^













7
14d
23












N-
flJQ*














ft -
°24_













- — ...













~~











22
O,



AU









5^.

DEDE









17
	
	 '
t
V/AP. E










-~» 	 ^
Ml SSI <


	







)N -


— ,










                                                                           260
      0.6
               1.0
1.4
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.0
3.4
                                    HC/NO,
        Figure  ft   FINAL VISIBILITY IN SMOG CHAMBER  VS HC/NOj  RATIO
                  (TEST NUMBER SHOWN ADJACENT TO EACH DATA POINT)
                                       252

-------
N.
ID -

s.
X


o*
                                                 253

-------
Figure  \7 PROGRAM SCHEDULE AND CUMULATIVE COSTS - REVISED 9/10/73

TASK

PHASE I
• PLANNING & INITIAL
TESTING OF METHOD
• EFFECTS OF CHAMBER
QT 7TT fl TrMVTTOr^TvrN/f TT1SJT A T
CONDITIONS
• VALIDATION OF EXPERI
MENTAL TECHNIQUE

PHASE II
• INTERIM REPORT AND
ORAL REVIEW
PHASE III
• REPEATABILITY &c

DEMONSTRATION TESTS
• EFFECTS OF EPA REF-
ERENCE FUEL & ADDI-
TIVES ON VISIBILITY
• MONTHLY & FINAL
REPORTS


M

















S


A


.ac














/


M


3K












I
/



J


am











/



U73

J


ffiLj








S
/







A



fJ







^-~








S


-J








t**^








0









,.y
'/









N





fr-

•
^^J^
x


A^ AI







D



<%


, *
_^-"












J




y
' ft



iH


^^s
L j

tr:
»—



F




>
/


yv






HsHH>
j^jC

19

M



.-•*
^







M
IbMfl




74

A


..-
/
















M

i*
'/








>v. v^
[M
1 1

A




J ,
















/S
11



- 100K

- 90K
~ 80K

- 70K

- 60K

- 50K

- 40K


- 30K

4 r\if

                                                           	projected expenditures
                                                           	actual expenditures

-------
                APPENDIX B7.1B
DEVELOPMENT OF A METHODOLOGY TO DETERMINE
    THE EFFECTS OF FUEL AND ADDITIVES
        ON ATMOSPHERIC VISIBILITY
          MONTHLY LETTER REPORT

    FOR PERIOD COVERING SEPTEMBER 1974
            By:  W. C. Kocmond
         Contract No. 68-02-0698
             10 October 1974
              Prepared for:

     Environmental Protection Agency
           Durham, North Carolina
                   255

-------
•       INTRODUCTION

        One of the provisions of the 1970 amendment to the Clean Air Act
stipulates that the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) may require a fuel or fuel additive manufacturer to conduct specific
tests in accordance with accepted test methods and procedures to determine
the effect of such emissions on the public welfare or on the emission control
performance of a vehicle.  The contribution of these emissions to reduced
visibility in the atmosphere is related to this problem and therefore must
also be considered.   In order to anticipate possible regulatory measures,
a methodology is required  for assessing the effects of fuels and/or fuel
additive combustion products on atmospheric visibility.  It is the objective
of this investigation to develop such a methodology.

        In this monthly report,  a brief description is given of progress
for the month of September, together with plans for the coming month.

•       PROGRESS TO DATE

        During September and early October, engine tear down procedures were
completed on Cars A and B  and mileage accumulation was started.  New exhaust
systems were installed on  both vehicles and all combustion chamber deposits
were collected for EPA inspection and analysis.  A decision to replace the
heads from Car A with those from C (no longer slated for tests on this pro-
grams) was made after noting that the valve guides in Car A were wearing
abnormally.  This condition could have posed a threat to proper engine opera-
tion after additional mileage accumulation.

        A 1973 Ford Torino with a catalytic converter was delivered to Calspan
from the EPA during late September.  The car is being operated on lead-free
reference fuel in the same manner as A and B during the mileage accumulation
period.  All vehicles will be given an emissions test after the 1000 mile
point is reached.
                                   256

-------
        Work was completed during September on the air conditioning system
which will be used to supply controlled humidity air to the carburetors of
the vehicles during emissions tests.  The system, which consists of a 1 ton
air conditioner, reheat coils, blowers and appropriate ductwork, has been
tested over a wide range of humidities and temperatures and is operating satis-
factorily.  Humidities between 30% and 80% can be reliably obtained by regu-
lating the amount of heat that is supplied to the nearly saturated cold air
within the ductwork.  The system will be used during the first emissions
series scheduled for late October.

•       PLANS FOR THE COMING MONTH
        Mileage accumulation will continue during October and the first
emission series will be performed on the test vehicles late in the month.
A total of 3000 miles will be driven on Cars A and B before additives are
introduced into the fuels.  The catalytic converter equipped Ford will
operate on reference fuel throughout the period.

        Because of delays in completing the lighting modifications to the
Calspan smog chamber, methodology tests will not be started until early
November.  The vehicle emission test schedule anticipated for the remainder
of the program is shown in Figure 1.
                                     257

-------
                             FIGURE 1.   REVISED VEHICLE EMISSION TEST SCHEDULE
                                         MILEAGE  ACCUMULATION, THOUSANDS OF MILES
Performance Date:
                                                              /IS  1
                                                               lll/
9/24  10/15   11/12 12/10  1/7   3/18    4/8   11/1  11/22 12/13  1/3  1/31

                                        INTERIM
                                         REPORT
               1.

               2.
          LEGEND

O • MILEAGE CONDITIONING TEST (SINGLE TEST)      1.

A - REPRODUCIBILITY DEMONSTRATION TESTS
    (TRIPLICATE TESTS)

A •  INDOLENE o                                2.
B •  INDOLENE 0 + 0.5 GM/GAL TEL
C - EPA REFERENCE TJEL
                                      NOTES:

                              AN UNSPECIFIED NUMBER OF
                              PRELIMINARY TESTS WILL BE
                              PERFORMED DURING THE FIRST
                              SEVEN THOUSAND MILES

                              EACH ENGINE WILL BE CLEANED
                              AND A NEW EXHAUST SYSTEM
                              INSTALLED AFTER THE FIRST TEH
                              THOUSAND MILES.
               4.  a - CHEVRON F-310
                   /? - ETHYL CI-2

-------
                                  APPENDIX  B7.2

              DEVELOP LABORATORY METHOD FOR THE COLLECTION AND
            ANALYSIS OF SULFURIC ACID AND SULFATES (21 BCE - 053)


     The primary source of atmospheric sulfuric acid aerosols and sulfates
is the burning of fossil fuels that contain sulfur compounds.  Photochemical
and catalytic reactions in the atmosphere produce additional quantities of
sulfuric acid and sulfate.  The United States will be emitting much more
sulfuric acid and sulfate into the atmosphere as a result of the catalytic
converter that must be installed on all 1975 vehicles.  In addition, the
burning of more coal with a high sulfur content will compound the sulfuric
acid-sulfate problem.  The toxicity of sulfuric acid aerosols and their
ever-increasing input to the atmosphere makes it imperative that a reliable,
specific, and sensitive sulfuric acid and sulfate method be developed.

     A contract is being written entitled "Development of Methodology and
Instrumentation for the Assay of Sulfuric Acid and Sulfates in Ambient Air."
It should be in the Contracts Office by the end of August 1974 and hopefully
proposals will be received for evaluation and contractor selection by
November 1974.
                                         259

-------
                                   APPENDIX B7.3

              DEVELOP PORTABLE DEVICE FOR COLLECTION OF SULFATE
                      AND SULFURIC ACID (21 BCE - 052)


     Sulfuric acid and sulfate present in the atmosphere constitute severe
health hazards.  The emission and consequently the adverse effect on human
health of increasing amounts of these pollutants caused by the increasing
use of catalytic converters on automobiles can properly and reliably be
assessed only if accurate and reliable collection methods exist.   Presently
available samplers and sampling techniques for sulfuric acid and sulfate are
unsatisfactory, mainly because no provisions have been made to check or
prevent the conversion of S02 to sulfuric acid and/or sulfate on the collec-
tion medium nor to prevent interactions of hydrocarbons, photochemical
oxidants, and a host of airborne catalytic substances with the sulfur oxides.

     The purpose of this task, therefore, is to evaluate present sampling
methods and to develop a compact, efficient, and economic portable collection
device for sulfuric acid and sulfate whereby artifact formation is prevented
and precursors of sulfuric acid and sulfate are not collected as sulfuric
acid or sulfate so that the values of yg/m^ of these two pollutant species
are accurate values representing the true amounts of sulfuric acid and
sulfate at the site of collection.

     Task 052 is presently in the planning stage and no RFP has yet been
issued.  It appears that the target date for completion of the task
(July 1975) as listed in ROAP 21 BCE is premature and unrealistic, and it
is suggested that it be rescheduled.
                                     260

-------
                               APPENDIX B7.4

               PERSONAL EXPOSURE METERS FOR SUSPENDED SULFATES
                               (21 BCE - 041)


     This program will include development of devices to collect particles
so that analysis for H2S04 may be performed shortly after the sample is
deposited on the collection surface.  This collection device after initial
testing could be converted to a miniature personnel dosimeter, if we can
demonstrate that the sulfuric acid collected will maintain its integrity
until the collector is returned to the laboratory for analysis.
                              261

-------
                              APPENDIX B7.5
Smog Chamber Study of SO? Photo-oxidation to $04 Under Roadway Conditions
     This is a contract task performed by Calspan Corporation.  The task
calls for smog chamber experimentation to determine the dependence of
sulfate formation on the sulfate precursors, in simulated roadway atmo-
spheres.  This work is coordinated with another contract effort at Battelle,
concerned with sulfate formation in city-wide and rural atmospheres.
Detailed design and coordination of the two efforts was finalized in an
EPA-Calspan-Battelle meeting held in RTP, NC in June, 1974.   Calspan is
now completing a first phase of the study, concerned with delineation of
effects from certain chamber design and procedural  factors upon the data
sought.  Information to be ultimately generated in this project will
provide £ measure of the extent to which S02 is expected to be converted
into sulfate in a typical roadway atmosphere.
                                      262

-------
                        APPENDIX B7.6

        STUDY OF SCAVENGING OF SO? AMP SULFATES BY SURFACES
          NEAR ROADWAYS (PE 1AA002, POAP A21BCE Task 049)
     This is a new task that will be performed under contract.  An
RFP should be out in September and the contract awarded in December.

     Existing diffusion models do not include pollutant removal
mechanisms at surfaces although empirically determined distribution
parameters (oz, ay) very likely account for this effect.  Roadway
and adjacent surfaces may act as significant sinks for auto produced
SO2 (controlled by eddy diffusivity) while not acting in the same
way for fine (<.ly) aerosol t^SOi, (controlled by Brownian movement
through boundary layer).  These effects should be determined and
incorporated into diffusion models.

     The contract will call for four related research efforts.  These
efforts are (1) theoretical diffusion modeling to estimate the
relative effects of surfaces as sinks for reactive gases and aerosols,
(2) laboratory controlled experiments to determine magnitude of these
effects on various surfaces for SC>2 and I^SOi^ aerosols, (3) field
controlled experiment  (measuring concentrations from controlled
emissions over uniform surface such as unused airport runwayX, and
(4) correlating deposition rates on various surfaces with concentration,
emission, and meteorological data near high traffic density roadways
to verify controlled experiment findings.
                              263

-------
                              APPENDIX B7.7

                   Characterization of Roadside Aerosols

                     St. Louis Roadway Sulfate Study

         Grant, Husar, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri
     The objective of this study is to determine the changes in sulfate
aerosol, sulfuric acid mist, and other aerosols components due to the
introduction of cars equipped with catalysts.  This will differ from
the Los Angeles study in that it will be performed in a city with
higher SO. background, lower oxidant, and different meterologlcal
conditions.  Sulfate size distribution, S0_/ sulfate ratio, 2-hour
sulfate and other elements, and acidity will be measured upwind and
downwind of a beltway with approximately 250,000 vehicles a day
traffic.

     The elemental analysis will be performed by Winchester, Florida
State University, 1'allsihasse.  Husar, at Washington University, will
make water soluble sulfate and acidity measurements for both roadway
studies.

     This program will be coordinated with other studies in St. Louis
which are part of the RAPS program.  It is expected that meteorological
and vehicle emission data will be available from RAPS.
                                       264

-------
      21BCE-40 3RD 61ABZ Atmospheric Chemistry of Acid Aerosols



     ROAP 21AKB, Determination of the Character and Origin of Aerosols,

contains a number of programs relevant to the problem of acid aerosols.

The ROAP output is described as follows:

     Contribution of the major sources to atmospheric aerosols,
     quantitative descriptions of the generation and removal
     rates associated with each major source and sink, character-
     ization of urban, natural, primary source and secondary
     source aerosols, scientific data for fine particle criteria
     and standards, quantification of the effects of aerosols
     on atmospheric chemical reactions.

     The ROAP approach is described as follows:

     Determine physical and chemical properties of source, ambient,
     and natural aerosols; use this information to infer the con-
     tribution of the various sources to the ambient atmospheric
     aerosol loading; determine generation and removal rates for
     important sinks and sources; measure effects of various aerosols
     on atmospheric chemical reactions; study gas-particle conversions
     and particle removal processes.  Establish the relation between
     photochemical aerosol concentrations and concentrations of
     controllable precursors.  Special attention will be given to
     sulfates, nitrates, Cd and Pb.

-------
     This ROAP contains a number of programs which are of special




interest to the Catalyst Program.




     1.  Photochemical Generation of Acid Aerosols from SO .   Smog
                                                          ^



chamber studies are being conducted to resolve current problems over




the rate of the direct photochemical generation of sulfuric acid




mist from SO .  Reported rates vary from a low of no reaction reported




by Friend to a rate of 6% per hour obtained in the Battelle Smog




Chamber.  Studies will be conducted to determine the reasons for the




variation in reaction rates and to determine the mechanism of this




reaction.




     2.  Indirect photochemical or chemical conversion of SO  to




sulfuric acid mist.  Laboratory studies have been conducted on the




olefin, ozone, SO  system which indicate that sulfuric acid mist




is formed by the oxidation of SO  by a biradical or zwitterion, a




reactive species formed from the reaction of ozone plus olefin.




A mechanism has been derived for this process and rates recommended




for the photochemical model of sulfate formation from this system.




Further work will be performed to obtain more accurate rates and




mechanisms.  Additional studies will be made to determine rates and




mechanisms for other conversion mechanisms.  Smog chamber studies




are being conducted of the olefin, NO , SO  system.  Studies this
                                     X    fc


year will be with propylene.  The data from the smog chamber studies




will be used to improve and validate the photochemical smog model.




     3.  Liquid dropplet reactions.  Studies are being conducted to




determine the rates and mechanisms and effects of catalyst such as
                                  266

-------
metal salts and ammonium on the conversion of SO  to sulfate in




liquid dropplets or liquid aerosols of various types.  It is felt




that this heterogenous mechanism may be very important both in




power plant plumes and in the conversion of SO  to sulfate during




long range transport.  It may also be important near roadways under




conditions in which fog is formed.




     4.  Surface reactions.  Studies are being conducted to determine




the chemical structure of SO  absorbed on atmospheric particles and




to measure the rate of conversion of SO_ to sulfate on a variety of




atmospheric particles and surfaces.




     5.  Size distribution measurement.  Both impactors and particles




counting techniques are being used to determine the size distribution




of aerosol generated by automobiles and other sources and at various




points in the atmosphere.




     6.  Aerosol Dynamics.  Theoretical and experimental studies are




being conducted on the nucleation of sulfuric acid mist and the con-




densation and coagulational growth of sulfuric acid particles.




     7.  Humidity effects.  The size of the sulfuric acid aerosol




depends strongly on the relative humidity.  Sulfuric acid particles




will grow if the relative humidity increases above about 20%.




An experimental appartus is being constructed to allow measurements




of the aerosol growth and theoretical calculations are being developed




to calculate the aerosol growth under conditions of relative humidity




from 20-100%.  This may be specially important in determining lung




deposition.  Sulfuric acid mist from automobiles is thought to be in




the fine particle range with estimates from .02 to .3 for the mass
                             267

-------
mean diameter.  These particles will probably be carried into




the lung during breathing.  If they were inert a large percentage




of them would be expected to escape from the lung.  However, the




sulfuric acid dropplets will grow in the high humidity of the




respiratory system and will be deposited on the lung or bronchi




tissue by impaction.




     8.  Sulfate compounds.  An insitu technique has been developed




and used in the field which provides qualitative differentiation




between sulfuric acid droplets, ammonium bi-sulfate, NH HSO , and




ammonium sulfate,,(NH )-SO .




     9.  Aerosol generation.  Techniques have been developed for




generating sulfuric acid mist in the .1 to .3 micron size range for




use in animal exposure studies.




    10.  Sulfate analysis.  Techniques have been developed using




flash vaporization and flame photometric detection to measure either




total sulfur compounds volatile at 800°C or total water soluble




sulfur compounds.  This technique is sensitive down to a few




nanograms of sulfur and can be used to make very short time measure-




ments of sulfur containing aerosols.
                          268

-------
                          APPENDIX  B7.8

               CHARACTERIZATION OF ROADSIDE AEROSOLS
                 Los Angeles Roadway Sulfate Study
           Grant:  Winchester, Florida State University
                       Tallahassee, Florida
     The primary objective of the first phase of this study is to

obtain pre-catalyst, baseline information on aerosol characteristics

to permit assessment of changes caused by catalyst equiped automobiles.

Of special interest is the sulfate/SO  ratio, the size distribution

of the sulfate aerosol, and the acidity of the aerosol.  The baseline

data will be obtained by monitoring the ambient air adjacent to a

heavily traveled highway before the 1975 model year, catalyst

equipped automobiles are on the road.  A series of tests will be

conducted along a Los Angeles, California, freeway early in September,

1974, to provide some of the baseline information.  Analyses for

elements, sulfate, acidity and size distribution will be correlated

with SO  and CO concentrations and meteorological data obtained in

the QAEML study.  Later in the fiscal year, after catalyst equipped

cars are present in the automobile mix, the study will be repeated

to determine the changes caused by catalyst cars.

     Aerosol particles will be collected as a function of particle

size, using cascade impactors of the single orifice Battelle design,

and of time, using Jensen-Nelson "streaker" Nuclepore filter samplers.

Six impactor fractions from <0.25 to >4 vim diameter will be collected

over 8-16 hour sampling intervals, and unfractionated aerosol will

be sampled by "streaker" with 2 hour time resolution.  Some samplers

will be activated by a wind direction sensitive switching device.

Samplers will be taken at established stations operated by the EPA


                               269

-------
in Los Angeles along a freeway where SO , CO, and wind velocity are




monitored during aerosol sampling.  For periods of optimum meteorological




 conditions, aerosol samples will be selected for elemental analysis




using proton-induced x-ray emission (PIXE) with the view of relating




observed atmospheric concentrations to sources along the freeway




and in directions toward and away from the ocean.  These results




may provide a baseline for future measurements to evaluate the freeway




as a source, especially of particulate sulfur compounds.  Duplicate




impactor and streaker samples will be taken for determination of water




soluble sulfate by flash vaporization followed by flame photometric.




Low pressure impactor runs will be made to determine the size distribution




in the range 0.05 to 1.0 microns.




     We can expect, to find the following results:




     The PTXE analytical technique permits quantitative measurement of




S, Cl, K, Ca, Ti, Fe, Zn, Br, and Pb in most aerosol samples of 1 m




air volume from urban areas, and V, Cr, Mn, Ni, Cu, and As may be




determined as well.  The present work will focus on sulfur and the




elements which can be related to it.  Relations of the following kind




will be looked for in the data from this baseline study:




     If future particulate sulfur is derived from auto exhausts, assuming




it is formed during the combustion of unleaded gasoline, its secular




increase should be correlated with a secular decrease in atmospheric




lead.  There, the present extent of correlation of particulate sulfur




with lead, especially as a function of particle size, may be a crucial




part of the baseline information in this study.




     Future acid sulfate additions along the freeway may cause chemical
                                 270

-------
reactions in the ambient aerosol, especially if sufficient time is




available for particle interactions in the atmosphere.  Volatility




of Cl and Br by acidification is one type of reaction which may occur.




Therefore, future sulfur increases may be accompanied by decreases




in Cl and Br concentrations and in the relative Br/Pb of automotive




exhaust particles.  Present correlations between these elements should




be part of the baseline.




     The ambient aerosol is affected by natural sources at sea, which




generate large amounts of large particle chloride, and sulfate, and




on land, which generate large particles of soil composition, including




Fe and Ti, and additional urban sources may also be operative, affecting




the concentrations of Pb, Br, S, and other elements, especially in




small particle size ranges.  The baseline study, through statistical




treatment of the data, will examine the relationships among all the




elements measured so that the net freeway contributions to the aerosol




may be evaluated.  Future studies will be compared with these general




baseline relationships.




     Samples of fine and coarse aerosol will also be collected for




determination of total acidity.  This will give an indication of the




amount of acid currently present in roadway aerosol.  Analysis of




samples for acidity and water soluble sulfate willbbe performed at




Washington University, St. Louis.  This program will include FIXE




analysis of samples collected in St. Louis for the St. Louis




Roadway Sulfate Study.
                                271

-------
9 PERFORMING OR~ANIZATION NAMC AND ADDRESS
    Health Effects  Research  Laboratory
    Office of Research  8  Development
    U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
    Research Triangle Park,  N.C.  27711
	EPA-600/3-75-01Q h
I TITLE AND SUBTITLE
    ANNUAL CATALYST  RESEARCH PROGRAM REPORT
             Appendices,  Volume VII
             6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
I. AUTHORISI
                                                           0. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
    Criteria and Special  Studies Office
                                                           1. lit I.I I n.n 'P ACCESSION NO.
             ,. HI POUT DATE
               September 1975
                                                            IO. PMC.GUAM ELEMENT NO.
              1AA002
             11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
17. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
    Same as above
             13 TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERtO
              ^nmjaj^ Program  Status 1/74-9/J
             14 SPONSORING AGENCV CODE

              EPA-ORD
Ib. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
    This is the Summary  Report of a set (9 volumes plus  Summary).
     See EPA-600/3-75-010a  thru OlOg & OlOi and OlOj.          Report to
                            Congrtss.
16. ABSTRACT
    This report constitutes  the first Annual Report of  the  ORL) Catalyst Research
    Program required  by  the  Administrator as noted in his testimony before the
    Senate PUblic Works  Committee on November 6, 1973.   It  includes all research
    aspects of this broad  multi-disciplinary program including:   emissions charac-
    terization, measurement  method development, monitoring,  fuels analysis,
    toxicology, biology, epidemiology, human studies, and unregulated emissions
    control options.   Principal focus is upon catalyst-generated sulfuric acid
    and noble metal particulate emissions.
17.
                                KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
    Catalytic converters
    Sulfuric' acid
    Uesulfurization
    Catalysts
    Sul fates
    Sulfur
    Health
                                              li.lDENTIFIEHS/OPEN ENDED TEMMS
 Automotive emissions
 Unregulated automotive
    emissions
 Health  effects (public)
                           i. COGAU I n.lil/(.inii|i
 'I. LUI r n i Bur ION STAFLMCNT

    Available to public
19 StCURITY CLASS (I tut Ht parlf
                                              10 SECUMTtV CLASS (Tim page)
                                                Unclassified
21. NO Of PAGES
    278
                           72. PRICE

-------